Ani

http://en-petardanov.com/index.php?/files/file/21-%7B?%7D/ MAN - A SYSTEM OF ENERGIES AND FORMS Methods for healing according to the lectures by the MASTER PETER DEUNOV Peter Deunov, known by his spiritual name Beinsa Douno, also called "The Master of Love", or simply "TheMaster", lived in Bulgaria from 1864 to 1944. He made accessible a part of the Great Esoteric Knowledge by his preaching and his lectures over 40 years, gathered in more than 300 volumes. Of his teaching he says this: "The teaching of Peter Deunov doesn 't exist. There is only one Divine Teaching which I know. It is the Great Teaching of Life. Christ said: "I speak about what I know from my Father. By myself I am unable to speak". That is why He doesn't preach His own Teaching. If the Teaching which is preached gives meaning to your life, gives you health, understanding, light, makes you free, follow it. That is exactly the teaching contained within every soul. It points to the true life." The lectures by the Master Beinsa Douno contain much concrete knowledge for man, methods for perfection and development of the consciousness, methods for healing which are included today in the term "holistic healing." The following exposition views man, drawn as a creation of cosmic forces and subtle energies penetrating the material structures. The second part presents some of the methods, rules and formulas, taken from lectures by the Master. Acknowledgements Grateful acknowledgement must be made to all dear friends who encouraged and helped us to made this booklet. © Dr Svetla Baltova - compiler, 1994 © Publishing House SILA I JIVOT, 1994 ISBN 954 8146 10 X Note: the term "man" used in this booklet is a translation of the Bulgarian word "chovek", meaning human being. It applies equally to men and women. Readers wishing to know more of the Master Peter Deunov may write to: Dr Svetla Baltova, Sofroni Vrachanski, 5A, 4000 Plovdiv, Bulgaria

Movement, Space, Time From the perspective of curved lines, if we look inside the world it will be concave if you look outside, it will show to us hollowed. If traveling on these lines, we think that they are horizontal. But in the world there are no such long horizontal lines. This shows that there is a circle and because the centre is far away from this line, the surface seems to us horizontal. Lines form an obstacle. Perpendicular lines give impulse. Electricity moves on horizontal lines and magnetism moves on curved lines. If an object moves with the speed of light, it will bend to the outside; if it moves with lower speed than that of light, it will bend inward. This body that moves with lower speed, it will acquire a quality and this body that moves with higher speed, it will get another quality. The essence of life is rational, this is light. From this point of view in the universe there is absolutely no movement. This thing can make you a bit confused. You say: "How, is there no movement in the universe?" In the universe there is only a little wiggle. Each particle is moving on its place. It flickers and goes nowhere. For instance, any particles do not come to the Sun. Each piece of it only vibrates on its place and this is called movement. You will say: "But how, I go from one place to another, I have come from home here." These are philosophical arguments that should be proved. Can they be understood? In this thought there is an extreme contradiction. At first glance, this is a huge contradiction. You say: "I'm moving, and he wants to show us that there is no movement." Suppose now that our universe, no matter how large it is, has a radius in the form of a straight line that is moving. Imagine that this line is material, several trillions of miles long and on it are placed live creatures. Let us say that this line rotates so fast that it can in 24 hours make one turn around the entire universe. Can you calculate the end point of this movement? When the entire line, the radius makes a whole rotation, the point at which the radius is resting will make no movement, it will only move in one place. If this is just a projection of our minds, we just think that there is movement. In my last lecture I said that there is no movement in nature, but only a move. Some have not understood me well. In the world there is movement, but it is only partial, thus I understand it. Everything in this infinite space does not move, if all eternity if the universe if the entire cosmos is moving, where will this go? Even more, because all that space is filled with a substance. Some philosophers maintain movement, others deny it. Both are right, yet there is something in the world that does not move. This implies absolute substance or reality, of which has been made the whole universe. When talking about motion, I mean change forms. There is movement only there. Moving ever implies a new life, or is it a sign of a new world that is emerging. I say: when the eternal decides to limit, only then there is movement. Therefore, we say: only the particles of the whole are moving, the whole sits in peace. And in man there is movement. I ask then: where do your legs move? You have one mechanical movement on the outside, you walk everywhere, but inside you there is another essential movement, a movement of the cells that form your legs. If you are, for instance, an x, under this law the cells of the feet of a generation of a number of creatures in the future, after a few thousand generations, the cells will form their hands. This has not yet been proven mathematically, these are just suggestions. So, there will be movement of the cells from the legs to the hands. The cells of the hands, because they are of higher evolution, enter the brain. Contemporary scientists say that everything in the world is moving. This statement of the learned people is half true, because if everything actually moves, then we would not have known this movement. So, there is something moving on something that does not move. Therefore, due to the constant, we know what is moving. So, there is something in the world that moves on something immovable. There is something variable on something that is invariable. So, in yourself, what moves, what amends, brings joy to you. And yet in every soul, in every mind there is something that moves. Is the bottom of that river, where the water flows, moving? No, its bottom is permanent. It is true it means that only the developing life moves, but life that is not moving it is a constant. Therefore, the developing life is determined by the one, who does not develop or is not differentiated, or that who has no need to manifest itself. This is something that in an occult language means: there are creatures who are not satisfied with their situation and they want to manifest. In the world there is movement, there is a distance, that's right. But in psychology, however, there are some other states that we define. Sometimes man says: "I have fallen, I have sunk and I am very deep below." Where have you fallen? "I have sunk so deep that I would hardly ever go out." This falling for him is so real that he believes in it. Another man does say: "I am high above in the sky." I ask: how could this man fall into such a deep, with millions of meters down and talk to me at that moment, and how is it possible, in the other case, when this man is so high above in the sky and yet to talk to me? While in humans are not created new bodies, a lot of things would remain unexplained to them. New people should be created from new matter. There are things that we cannot command. You say: "I do not wiggle." You do not move but the Earth moving. You say: "I do not wiggle away." But as you say it, every second the Earth travels 29 kilometres per second. At the same time, the Sun travels 500 kilometres per second. You say: "I do not wiggle," and you move in a second with 29 km, together with the Earth that is dragging you and you are dragged by the Sun away from it at 500 kilometres per second. You say you do not move. The slightest thought moves you. In the world Love has three manifestations: a manifestation of the human spirit when the spirit manifests its Love - then we have manifestation of the Divine Love, second, when the soul manifests its Love, we have spiritual Love, the mild principle in the world from which life arises, and finally we have the Love of the physical world that the movement is resulting from Every movement, whatever it is, is due to Love. Physicists do not accept this thing, but it is indifferent whether they accept it or not, this thing exists as a fact. And when we accept and when we deny things they are as they are. When we think correctly, it is for us. So we are not in conflict with reality. When we think wrong, we are in conflict with reality and we say: "Why our life is not going as it should?" When our life is not going as it should, it shows that we do not think correctly. Reality is always distinguished by the following properties: if a man climbing the ladder to the actual reality, just as the scientists say, irrespective of whether he is awake or in a sleeping state whether scholar or simple, it will produce in him a little joy. This is an inevitable law. So, every little joy, no matter of its nature, shows a common point with the reality, out of which life arises or any rationality or out of which come the conditions for the manifestation of this reality. But because we are in motion, we cannot be in constant contact with reality. Therefore, in this movement, the next phase will be a moving away from reality and man will find himself in a curved line. The line of evolution does not go in a straight path, but in a curved way. Now in you can be put the idea: but it is said that we have to go in a straight path? However, the straight path does not mean straight line. If a bandit goes the right way, the shortest way, does this mean that he is on the right path? In esoteric science under the "right way" is understood the way that has the most common points with reality. This way can go around, walk and curve, but once it has the most common points with reality, this is the right path. Those treading the right path of the law of attraction have well understood and they have formed the straight lines. Those who have gone under the law of expansion have curved lines. Those of movements - are in zigzag lines. If the straight line comes, you want to make your way in your present life. Current conditions are the reason. That bird that is passing through the air above, and you, who are moving on the ground, you cannot take this right way of the bird. When we want to arrange our lives, we should know on what ground we are, what conditions surround us, how to proceed. Never go in a straight line. You'll see that you go zigzag. It is very hard to walk in a straight line because there is great compression inside. To learn to walk properly, man needs to learn straight lines and curves, the relationship between the straight lines and curves. Then you should know which thought is right and what thoughts are curved. I am not talking about curved thoughts. Thoughts that are flowing are on a curve. There are certain thoughts that go in a straight line. Man walking in a straight line should have more power. Very strong should be man who walks in a straight line. Why are you afraid then? If they bring you out a high place, which is a thousand feet if they want to let you go, why inside you fear is born? You are embarrassed to walk in a straight line. A bird that has curved wings is not at all afraid. You are disturbed, but you're afraid. It is the master of the situation. Ever, when man is not master he is scared up. It is especially, when the lines are perpendicular. I sometimes go and do not want to meet anyone. Stop by and take the right or left. Ever right I do not stop - once I turn right, once I turn left. You say: "Why?" What will you lose if you drop the left, or what you will win if you turn right? If you turn right, you have to give something. If you drop the left, you should take something. When I want to take, I do not pass by that purse that is empty, I pass by the one who is full I pass by this man who would give something. When I see a poor man, then I do not go left. I pass to the left to get something; then I pass by the rich because his purse is full. When his purse is empty, I go right, because mine is full and his is empty. As for one I open the purse, so I open the purse for another. There should be harmony in nature. You should take, you should give evenly. Two bodies, one of which goes with higher speed, always repels the body with lower speed. If two people repel, one is moving with higher speed, and the other - with lower. You say: "This man does not love me." Or you move faster or he moves very slowly. Everything is in movement, in the speed. If you love him and you find that you are moving with greater speed, you stop to align and he will love you. You go ahead; you want him to chase you. Where would he reach you? Even if he wants, he cannot reach you. You want people that move faster, to love you. It's impossible. Now I ask: at first when God has created the world, those creatures that He has created the first, have they had legs? The first cell scientists monitor now has spherical shape. These cells have descended from above. They have rolled there. Once they have come down here to the Earth, these cells cannot roll. And then the need has caused the body to comply with external conditions. Until finally has appeared man who walks on two legs. It is an art to keep on the feet, all thanks to the human thought! Man's thought is spinning spiral. And while your thought is spinning spiral, you can walk. When your thought becomes straightforward, you will immediately find yourself on the ground. You can carry out a scientific experiment. You go and you think about the good. Your thought is spinning spiral. But just thinking about the Divine world, it comes to your mind that the two men have quarrelled and you think who of them is right. Then stop the circular movement and comes rectilinear - you fall to the ground. From above they tell you: "It is not for you to decide who is right!" It is not your job to deal with straightforward, and with what turns. If thou say who is right, you can have a heart attack and you can die. And your heart is moving circularly. If you make its movement straight, it will crack. This is called a heart attack. To rectilinear motion the heart is not used to and if the rectilinear motion comes to the nerves and to the brain, then people go insane. Present psychologists say that the nervous system has upset. Curvilinear movement, this is Love! They say: What is he turning around her?'As he revolves around the girl, it's nice, but when it comes the rectilinear motion to take the girl for himself, comes all the trouble. To you comes a bad idea, and you collapse and hit yourself. If you hit your head only, you have not thought nicely. If you hit your hand, you have not acted, as you should act, you have not been fair. If you hurt your leg, it shows that you're not a good person. Thus the place that you hit, shows what you are missing. Proximity and distance of things depend on our consciousness. Now you can get into a contradiction. Those who do not think cannot define it, but consciousness defines the distance to an object. This subject is sitting somewhere. I say: 100 km from my consciousness, I, who understands that law and another who does not understand it, says that it is much further. I move with greater speed, therefore this object is closer. Then you can reach the object in one minute, and the other needs two days. Therefore, the object is farther away to him than to me. When we say that the object is farther away or closer, we understand the movement. The speed of movement of a body depends on its intelligence. The faster moves an object, the more intelligent it is. Therefore, rapid movement is safe, slow is harmful. Who thinks fast and moves fast, does no harm; whoever thinks slowly and moves slowly, he does harm. You say: the light is moving quickly. Light does not move fast, but rational moves. Rational things are fast and foolish are slow. Slowly move is not rational. The faster it moves, the more rational it is. The light in our world moves with highest speed. What would you say if I tell you that there are other worlds, where there are movements of 3 quadrillions and 600 million per second? For such a movement this large world is so large that scientists say that the distant suns of the universe for 500 million years can come to light, and this movement, it is a simple walk. For them there are no distant places. Some people think: how will God be everywhere? God is everywhere, at one moment in the whole of being is present. So much faster moves that no one can see this movement. We thank that he can move so fast because at that speed is His strength. This that moves quickly, it is most powerful. This that moves quickly, it is the most rational in the world, the most loving and the most free. In this world man cannot be everywhere at the same time. From this point of view the movement is so fast that there is no gap and it seems that man does not move. In the other worlds, where the matter is thinner, man more easily moves while he can be at many places at the same time. Here, for example, these angels having 6,000,000 wings in one minute can move around all the suns of our universe and come back with knowledge and facts. You will say: how is it possible in one minute to pass such a great space? Well, this time of one minute can be allocated to even smaller parts. Contemporary scientists have begun to demonstrate that one second of time can be divided into several billion pieces and then each piece makes several trillion reversals. I say: a particle can move not only with speed of several trillion conversions per second, but even faster. This rapidity with which this particle moves in the visible world is the speed of snail. Fast movements we cannot grasp them The movement of light we do not grasp. A quick movement, such as the colour red for example, we grasp it, and it is movement of 400 trillion oscillations. This is the fastest movement. In the orange colour the vibrations increase. Light in us with its movement produces a nice impression. Those things in us that produce the best works are moving very fast. The entire surface of the human brain and the human body is one of the recipients of the various energies. For example, the head of man, the human brain is one of those recipients of the energies that occur in the whole nature. And man with his body and his brain perceives something from space. Now, the word "space" is a broad concept. They ask: "Where does space spread to?" Until there, until man understands. Space is an idea of human mind, of human vision. Time and space are two masters with different personalities: one is tight, and it takes account of the smallest speck. The second has a wide heart: it gives as much as you want. Who is dissatisfied with life, this shows that the weather controls him, who is happy with life, the space manages him This is the simplest, the most elementary philosophy which gives somewhat just one definition of concepts of time and space. We say that the Earth is 92 million miles away from the Sun. How far is the Earth from the Sun? We say: 8 minutes. So, if you understand the Sun, you are eight minutes from the Sun if you do not understand, you are 92 million miles away. Then it requires years. If you do not understand the Sun and travel by an ordinary train, it will take 250 years. If you travel by a buffalo cart, how long will it take? It will take several millions of years. If you travel with the speed of a bug, you will need billions of years. When we say that things are far, we understand our degree of intensity. When the intensity is reduced, space increases; when the intensity is increased, the space is reduced. If the space between us increases, Love is reduced. As space is reduced, Love increases. But this space should be reduced by the Divine law. Not the space is reduced - the space itself cannot be reduced. The reality of space can be reduced, but the space can neither increase nor decrease. But if we travel faster from one object to another, the space is less. If we travel more slowly, the space is larger. Modern people who doubt in God they want Him to stop His work and to ask them: what is your misfortune? But it is a mistake. God of His work cannot stop anything. He will work, He may increase the time and space. In God is that He can increase the time, He may reduce it. When you hang someone the time is shorter. The days run fast, don't they? Someone has to give; the time seems very short to him isn't it? Then he wants the time to continue. So we in the present conditions of life do not have any criteria to know the true measure of time. Say, if you travel in a special train, it will take you to go to the Sun 250 years, so much time you will need. If you move with the speed of light, you will need 8 minutes. What is the difference between 8-minute set and 250 years? It is only a matter of your consciousness. Your consciousness can travel with a train; can move with the speed of light, you can travel even faster. Therefore, time and space are determined by the consciousness: it is outside of time and space, beyond the issue of the conflict, beyond doubt and fear. Space produces fear, and time produces doubt. When you fall in a well, the fear will come, no doubt. And when it comes to pay a matured policy doubt will come. You will think whether he has not made a mistake, when man comes with his policy. Doubt will come into your mind. So when you compare the two objects in time, disharmonious, these objects create doubt in our mind, when two separate objects in space, will produce fear in our minds. Now, a little explanation: Let us say that you have said one derogatory word to your friend - immediately fear arises that you may lose him - you are in space, you feel that relationships can break. For some of us who are born, there is milk and some - solid food. The farther you walk on, will try more wealth. Therefore, we are in that period when God's love is manifested to his students. So we are in the finest condition when God delights himself to show to the students. What could be better than that when the father says to his son: "Son, take your bag and go to school." And the whole space, with all the suns and planets created as a school and all of you will walk in all the planets, the Sun, the Moon; you will go anywhere to learn. You will take various ways in your trips and you will meet again. But you will ask: "In how many millions of years we meet?" No, a journey of 10 million years we can cut to 1 hour or V2 hour and another V2 hour journey we can stretch it to 100 million years. It is a question of running. It depends on what train we will take, how quick, how fast. There is the question on what train you will travel. If you get on a train at high speed, the suns will pass by very quickly you will not be able to see all the beauties and you will say: "We went through the universe and saw nothing." If you take a train, traveling with lower speed at one place will stop at another location you will stop, you will see each planet. In the spaces between these planetary worlds exist such worlds that modern humans do not even suspect, they think that what they see, this is all. But it's not. There are other worlds that cannot be seen with modern telescopes. Einstein has said that there is no time and space. I understand his language: there is no time and space, but there are conditions.

Treatment With Colours The colourful beams of light are rational souls, living creatures thus the red colour is a rational creature. And all the colours these are all rational living creatures. Some of you admire some of the colours. You do not have the same love for all the colours. You should love the red colour, the orange, yellow, green, blue, light blue, dark blue, violet; you should respect them in the same way. Your health depends on these 7 beams. If you are addicted to and love only one colour, you break the harmony. Gathered together, these colours form light. The colours are creditors. Colours credit each other. The red colour credits the orange, the orange credits the yellow, the yellow credits the green, the green credits the light blue, the light blue credits the dark blue, the dark blue credits credits the violet. There is a whole science to study light, like music is studied. Man who has no clear notion about the red colour cannot ever take 'C' correctly. The one who has clear notion about the red colour immediately takes the tone very well. I have made experiments and I see that between the red colour and the major tone in life there is a relation. It is because the major tone is red, scarlet. There is a red colour like fire. When you look at the red colour you will get well. If you look at the flame when you put a fire, when you look at the fire the illness disappears. The red colour is a carrier of life. Who wants to be healthy, he should study the red beams of light. They represent certain type of vibrations. All of you should carry experiments with light, to know at which moment in which colour you are: whether in red, blue, yellow, green etc. For you it is not important to live in colours, in the colours of the light, but in the energies of these colours. Colours influence man passively, they only deceive him. Who wants to change his life, he should connect to the light, to profit from its energy. For instance: you see red colour; if you could put it in dynamics, to make it active, to pick it like a fruit, blessed juice will go out of it, a source will go out of it. But the red colour, if it comes to your home can make you cry as well. It depends on which nuance of red you are using. All the enemies of the red colour from the four angles of your home will run in. But if you know how to meet them, will be good. The white colour contains the red, the orange, the green, the yellow, the light blue, the blue, the violet and many more other colours. Colours, this is the gathered capital. Man who understands can use it. It is a label. As we see the colours in nature, if you can make this colour movable, it can be of use to you. But if you look for a long time at the yellow, it will bring ill state. If you look for a long time the red colour, it will produce painful activity, and if you look for a long time the green colour, you will grow so high up to the tops, that the leaves of the trees will start to dry. For someone you say that he is drying he has looked at the green colour for a long time. Someone says: "I am nervous" you have been looking at the red colour for a long time. "I have been disillusioned" you have looked for a long time at the blue colour. "i want to fight with people" you have been looking for a long time at the violet colour. "What should I do?" You should gather together all the colours in order to create balance inside you. You should give from the abundance. Only giving will save you. Man can enjoy the beneficial influence of all the rays, if he knows how to put himself to them, what position to take, how to channel his brain energy and the energies of his sympathetic nervous system. You say that man should be exposed to the effects of early sunlight when the Sun rises. True, but he should know where to turn when the Sun is perpendicular to the zenith. For this purpose, the human thought should be concentrated at the Sun. When the Sun sets, the human thought should be concentrated to the west. When the Sun is to the south the human thought should be concentrated to the south, when to the north, his thought should be directed to the north. Therefore, in order to be oriented with respect to the coloured rays nature requires of man at least five - six positions. Only so you can use them as an organic force for your development. Today in medicine is used to treatment with colours -the so called chromo therapy. But here goes one occult law that mental healing colours act more strongly than physical. Man can be treated with colours better when he presents them mentally, rather than with the physical colours. For example, he will flush his entire body mentally or diseased organ with a beam of hues. With thought man actually creates a thought form with appropriate colours and it works harder, because it has shorter waves. 1) As he provokes them in his consciousness through the prism and flushes with colour that is needed, monitoring the rainbow and flushing. 2) As singing tones range with movements, associated with certain colours and mentally respectively flushing with these colours. 3) Rinsing with colours and reading verses corresponding to the colours given in the book "The Testament of the colour Rays". Rays of light are all one irreplaceable menu. Tuesday you should eat red, on Wednesday - yellow, on Thursday - light blue, on Friday - dark blue and rose, on Saturday - with violet and red, on Sunday - with orange, on Monday - the green to yellow-green. Strength comes from God. Health you will gain from the light. If you are anemic you have to all in love with red light. Separate these rays of light from the prism and treat yourself with them If you are discouraged, you should be rinsing with the blue rays of light. If your mind is caught in the middle, take the yellow colour and do so that it shines in your mind, because the mind is fed with light, you cannot grow and become adults. This and plants know it. Expose sick man to light, and he will get better. Each of you should have a large prism and look through it to separate the colour that he needs. When man treats with the colourful rays of light, no matter whether he wants or whether he does not want, he will get better. Man can be treated for free by taking a red glass and passing the light through it. Many doctors treat and rejuvenate people with the sun rays. Here's how to treat a man with the sunrays: he must buy a prism, about half a meter long and 20 centimeters wide, put it in his room and concentrate his attention on one or another of the sun rays according to the disease that he has. If suffering from neurasthenia, he should direct his glance to the red light of the spectrum. It will not take 10 days and he will feel better. If his stomach is upset, he will pull the green rays of light. If is upset his nervous system, he must take the blue rays of light. How much such a prism costs? A thousand even if it costs, at least you will have for sure one doctor at your home. You can if you have money call and consult doctors and ask them what to do. If you are anemic, your doctor will tell you to drink iron drops. And that's good, but for me the iron can be replaced by red light. All items that doctors recommend to patients are contained in the colours of the spectrum. So the colours of the light can cure all the diseases. Who suffers from neurasthenia, he should go out every night, to watch the sky and the stars on it. You will say that the sky is not for you - just for you is heaven, it is not for cattle. Heaven is for people to watch it, study it and treated. Go out every night to watch the sky with the stars on it which are of different colours: blue, yellow, orange, red, green, blue, etc. Heaven is God's blessing. Then, by studying the sky, you'll see that all the savings on the Earth depend on it. The flowers have a curative effect. If I am a doctor, if a patient comes to me the first job, the first recipe that I would prescribe to him will be to get him to plant in the garden a carnation or a rose or some other flower and water it regularly to enjoy it. He will not understand how the colours of the flower will enter in him and will start its work. When a man is discouraged or is intimidated by anything, in him immediately disappears red colour. He gradually begins to turn yellow. Suppose you are anemic - think of light, think more about the colour red, the most beautiful red colour. This true life will flow into you. Nothing goes in your life, you have poverty, you feed poorly - think about light, think of the red colour, think of orange colour, think about the colour green. When you think of the colour green, poverty will be fine soon. Green colour faces poverty. Think yellow. Yellow helps the development of mind. Specific light is food of objective human mind. As you think, you become smarter. Sometimes you say you're not religious, do not believe in God - think of red colour, think of orange colour, think green, think of yellow, think and about the blue colour. The blue colour nourishes faith. Cultivate this sense of God. Finally, you feel that you are weak; you do not have the courage, strength - think about the violet colour. The smart man, he is associated with the yellow colour. All those of you who turn yellow, become sick. When the yellow colour of the face comes, the man is sick. The yellow colour in mind should be internal. The yellow colour is connected with the mind. The yellow colour is formed by gold. It is the colour of the mind with higher vibrations. You have to think. If your colour become static, only your face, it is a physical condition already. Always the yellow colour indicates a disorder of the liver. The liver is associated with lower activities of man. The liver is connected to the back of the brain. The yellow colour, which we are talking about, should be connected to the front part of the brain. Who suffers from neurasthenia, he should go out every night, to watch the stars and the sky. The stars are of different colours: blue, yellow, violet, green, orange, red, etc. If your throat aches, send to it the orange rays of light. For nervous diseases you should use clear blue colour. Treating is like this: in the morning you should make mental pouring focused to attract the colour. If man feels some organs lack, let him flush with blue, yellow or orange rays of light and send their light to those particular organs. These rays can be taken directly from the Sun through a glass prism Obtaining the spectrum, man can focus his attention on the blue colour and try to take it inside him. To anaemic early sunrays are extremely useful. Anaemic can quickly help himself with the red colour. The nervous should separate through the prism the green colour of light. Who wants to strengthen the activity of his brain, he should separate the yellow colour. The people are naked of scarcity of the yellow light. If you are anaemic, think about light, think more about the red colour, about the beautiful vivid red colour. When thinking and rinsing with colours and saying the corresponding given in the book "The Testament of the colour Rays", you will help each other in necessity. The green colour regulates magnetic and electric currents in Nature and man. And the very light colours blue, yellow, rose act relaxing on the nervous system. When you want to cure a disability in yourself, pass the pink and yellow colours in mind. Fear is a negative quality of the lower mind. Coward should perceive and flush with orange colour as a means of balancing forces. With this colour, he can be cured. Your health you will get from the light. If you are anemic, you should love light, you should love the red colour. When the light comes, it's easy, who knows. Red colour should be seen. When it comes it refreshes man. Let's say you are frustrated. You need the blue colour. As the light is still coming you should see the blue colour. It is food for your frustration. If your mind is tucked, you cannot think. You need the yellow colour. Separate the yellow colour and make it shine for the mind. It is because the mind is fed with light. If you do not know how to feed your mind with light, you cannot grow and become adult. This even the plants know. Contemporary people, religious and secular, all must learn this science. Smart people should feed with yellow colour; religious people should feed with blue. Fair and hard-working people should feed with green colour. Those who want power and nobility should feed with orange colour. Those who want to be healthy, not to be ill, they should feed with red light, they should feed with red colour. They should feed with the red light, orange light, yellow, blue, green, dark blue with violet light to eat. This is a menu: on Tuesday - with red, on Sunday - with orange colour, on Wednesday - with yellow. For the other days you will find them. The clothes we wear have great influence on us. The white and the light clothes are preferable. You do not feel well - you better put a red scarf on your neck, but the colour to be bright and beautiful. You can get seven colours of scarves and every day to change them according to the days. On Sunday you will put the orange coloured scarf. On Tuesday, red (you should watch the colours are not dark and muddy) on Wednesday - yellow scarf, on Thursday - light blue, on Friday - pink or blue, on Saturday - violet or blue, on Monday - light green. Thus there will be a variety. Look at the flowers how different and beautiful they are! Butterflies, birds too. On your head do not put black if you wear black, wear it on your feet. Something white should be worn on the head and on the neck - red or blue. With colours you will be treated. When someone is sick he should dress in white. Healthy should change colours. The flowers produce movement, life, so often you should change them. "I do not want to live anymore." This is a special philosophy. The reason is that there is some inert matter in you. Where is it? It is either in your liver, or your stomach or your bloodstream or in your heart or in your respiratory system or in the brain. There it is. You should look for the reason. Then if your liver is upset, you need more citric acid. This citric acid you will receive from the light. You have to know what a ray of the Sun to use: red, orange, green, yellow, bright blue, dark blue or purple and knowing how to collect this light, it should transmit it to the liver. Many modern physiologists and doctors think that all of the folds in the human brain are the same. They have not studied the angles of these folds. So, in the brain goes an internal process. Angles express only certain folds, through which we can transform some energy, we can remove certain colours, others we can convert and accept only those that help our development. You should know that light is one of the greatest factors not only for the mental development of man, but for his character and his long life. We have yet to wear that bright, white colour, which is in constant motion. In a trembling white one, this is light white colour. The mind and heart are filled with lofty thoughts. You become healthier, with more noble feelings and with noble mind. And you immediately start to live a reasonable life. This colour is transmitted by humans. You cannot accept it from flowers. Flowers are pioneers, people are just conduits. There are people who have red colour conductors; there are people who are conductors of the yellow colour, the blue - the three primary colours. There are people who are conductors of mixed colours; they are more than 40 colours. A whole science is to know what colour is needed. Shortages of colours bring certain foods. The colours are a form of light. Light carries the Divine food. If you do not know how to precipitate, to perceive light, you can be neither clever nor with noble feelings, neither healthy man. You must have knowledge. They say that God is light. Light is a form by which God sends life into the world. When you are making attempts to study the effect of the colour beams try to directly perceive the Sun. After you have observed directly the Sun for ten seconds, close your eyes and see what will be revealed to you. After some time in the horizon of your vision will appear a small, bright dot representing the Sun. This dot begins to move quickly, sometimes descends, sometimes climbs up, gradually recedes and becomes lighter until it takes a human image. The image becomes lighter, but gradually goes away and decreases again to a small, light dot. At that time falls down a curtain that separates the physical from the spiritual world, and there is great darkness around you. The next day repeat the experience. If experience is successful, in front of your vision will appear the bright dot, which will turn to human image, and then again as a bright dot will hide again. Sometimes for months in succession you can make this experiment and it always could not be successful. Bright image appears only when a man is in good condition and in high spirit. Who can see this bright image before him only for a moment; it refreshes him and makes him so glad that for days he is under this influence. He is in the position of Napoleon when he has seen his star. When he has been seeing his star, Napoleon has easily been solving his tasks. As soon as he has been losing his star, he has been falling into darkness and doubt. So, when around man appear bright points that move with great speed, it shows that he experiences something pleasant. If among the light dots there are dark dots, it predicts a painful human condition. Once the bright dots disappear and remain only the black, man is getting already sick. Black dots are seen with open eyes, but the light - only when the eyes are closed. Bright dots are nothing but electric lights, small reservoirs of energy. The whole space is full of electricity. Bright dots that we see in space are the result of the exchange that occurs between matter and electricity. Bright dots that are very bright and have a material semi-material character if they are coloured, they refer to the area outside the material world. They do not exist in space; neither can be seen with the naked eye or with a microscope. But they exist in the subjective understanding of man. Now I will give you one more natural exercise - meditation on the arc. You will meditate on the arc until you create in your mind a beautiful picture of it. This exercise may take someone a year, to others - two years, to third - three years, until in their minds creates this beautiful picture, but they should work in this direction. Some others can succeed in a short time - it depends on the student's ability to concentrate. So every day you should meditate on the arc, while in your mind is created vibrant, clear picture. You will imagine it as you have seen it in nature with all its colours. This exercise will serve as a stimulus for the development of imagination in you. For occult student imagination is necessary because it is the mother of ideas. When you meditate on the arc here are the imaginable pictures: The Sun - to the west, to the east - black, dark cloud and the rainbow - from north to south, after fine, spring rain.

The Colourful Beams of Light All the colours, they are cosmic forces that penetrate the entire cosmos. Modern science has come to the situation to decompose light to seven different colours or dyes, but light contains in itself yet and 12 more flows from 12 various sources. This means that light is composed of 12 types of matter, necessary for creation of human virtues. For example, who wants to be merciful, he has to extract from light exactly this matter that is necessary to create mercifulness. For creating certain virtue, certain matter is required. This could be achieved by the one who understands the laws of light. The Earth is covered with 12 hoops or spheres representing special type of transformers of the sun energy. Each hoop refracts the light in its specific way. This shows that these 12 hoops are not in the same situation. Simultaneously, each hoop is made of a special matter, very fine, through which penetrate the respective to it forces. These forces are connected to sublime worlds that are working on men as well as on all the living creatures. The sensitive man perceives these influences on him In order to understand well these 12 flows, as well as their direction and movement you should have at your disposal a row of pictures as in the cinematograph. If the red colour, called by the astrologists the colour of Mars influences in a high level certain man he would react in a special way. As the tones of the rainbow sound in greater and greater octaves, so and the colours of the rainbow - scale of the colour rays light in higher and higher octaves. But as the human ear hears tones of several octaves only, the eye sees for now only one colour octave that vibrates in the shades of colours of the rainbow. But there are others, higher scales of light manifesting in the worlds with finer matter than the matter of the physical world. In all these worlds the astral, the mental, the causal the colours of the rainbow are again 7, but they differ in quickness and strength of vibrations, in quality and action. The higher the octave in which the colours light are, the more tender, more beautiful and more delicate they become. In the causal world the colours have the most tender, the most harmonic influxes. They naturally and imperceptibly pass from each other. The great mystics of all the times talk about that live and rational world of light that vibrates with all the possible shadows of colour more and more tender, more ether and more vivid in the higher field they vibrate. They state that in this immense world of light the colours are live they fill the soul of man with powerful forces. And in fact, behind each colour stands a rational power of the universe. Behind the red colour stands the great cosmic power of Love, behind the yellow colour stands the cosmic power of Wisdom, behind the blue colour stands the power of the Truth. First of all man should spiritually adjust so to become a good conductor of the higher vibrations of the colour rays. Is not it the same law for acceptance and processing of the solar energy in the organic world? And the sheep and the wolf accept the solar energy directly or in condensed form with food but the sheep give wool, and the wolf sharp teeth and nails. When the light decomposes, we have 7 colours. In the Divine light that I am talking you about, there are 12 colours. Known to us are only 7, 5 are unknown. What are the others, you are going to learn them in the future. You are in the physical field, you see 7 colours. If you start concentrating your thought according to certain laws, you will immediately come to a place, to a black zone and even it is during the day time, everything will become dark, despite of the Sun shining. Darkness, who has not tried, he would think that he has become blind. You in your consciousness rise, you pass through a dense zone. Gradually you rise and above a very pleasant red light shows. 7 other colours appear in the second scale. Now, these, who are here, I do not know whether you have such experience. Maybe some have dreamt. In the evening you see the Sun, don't you? Or you have seen a very beautiful landscape - this belongs already to the second scale. But because in your dream you do not do it consciously, you cannot see the nuances of that red colour. You see it as if in a movie, but you are interested. When people make scientific researches they are interested in the difference between the red colour of the physical field and the red colour of the spiritual world. One is in static position, in the other the things are in movement. In the physical field an object stays at one place, in order to see it in the spiritual world it has to move permanently. In the spiritual world if you move, you are visible; if you do not move, you are in the physical field. In the physical field as soon as you stop moving, you are visible; if you move, you become invisible. You become invisible, because the objects that move away become small and disappear. You think that they do not exist. They are not seen. What in the physical field is invisible, it is far from your consciousness. What in the physical is moving away, in the spiritual world is coming closer this is what they call changes. These are both poles of life, from the one pole to the other pole. I am not talking about the first scale of the coloured 7 rays, but about the rest two. Experiments have been carried out and it is proved that light has 3 scales each of 7 coloured rays. The first scale is the one that we see. Above the violet colour comes another red, behind it come the other the other colour rays. After the second scale comes the third. So the colours repeat one after the other, keeping the same position as in the first scale. It is possible to pass from one scale to the other. For those, who do not understand the laws of light, this is a miracle. I do not say that you have to believe it, but these who have carried the experiences tell about their experience. When it comes to above the ultraviolet colour, you enter in a so dark zone that even in the middle of the day light man can go blind. Who has presence of his spirit and can keep his consciousness awaken, knowing that he has not gone blind in 30 seconds or in 12 minutes before him again will start light to appear. After this light he will enter into another world of his consciousness. Such a consciousness the saints have had. They have been passing to the so called spiritual scale of light and they have been studying it for about 2030 years in succession. Thus they have passed to the spiritual world. No one can get acquainted with the spiritual world, if does not practically enter in the spiritual scale and light. For this concentration of mind is required. You can make this experiment, but having made it once you would not wish to make it again. Some of you are so cowardly that having done the experiment once, they would say: "We have had enough of this!" It is not a question of whether there is another world or not. It is not a question of faith. Faith concerns what you do not see. And you should enter into another world and try the things. Then you will see that among all the things there is something similar. The best and natural colours are in the rainbow, so you should observe it. There you will find the five basic colours. You can even supply with prisms, so that when the day is nice on a white background to draw the rainbow. Thus you will observe; study and remember and will know the five basic colours. In music, as in speech, colour rays play a very big role. You cannot make an ardour, a complete speech if you are not abundant with the red colour. The red colour is magnetic. Such a man, abundant in red colour is a source of life and strength. You cannot study the spiritual world until you do not learn each of the colours separately. You should know what brings each colour inside itself red, green, blue, dark blue, violet. Except the seven colours there are yet many more that you do not know. You have come only to the seven colours. As the human brain is now being developed, man has come to the position to perceive and more colours of light, but he has only a notion about them. As the human brain is arranged now, the colours do not provoke any reaction yet, as a result of which they do not go out. But in the saints, who have gone to a higher phase in their development, the colours react on them, cause a line of reactions in their brain and they go out in the form of lights. When Christ has been in the mountain and has prayed, out of His head started going out lights. Then to Him have showed Moses and Elias, with whom He talked. Those, who do not understand the laws, wonder how his can happen. They do not know that Christ has been transformer of Love. So, if you want to be religious and spiritual people, you should be transformers of Love. But without being transformers, nothing can come out of you, neither of your study. You say: "What will happen with us?" After you die, you will be carried in space. If after your death they put you undergo a temperature equal to the number of 20, exponent 62, you will be decomposed to so small particles that you will occupy the space of the entire solar system. You will be so thin that you will not even have either protons or ions inside. You will have only one power, you will be mixed with the total energy from which you have come. Christ says: "I came from the Father, and I am going back to my Father." You say: "I will give up my personality." You will give up on a general basis! Personality is what gets to an end. One day, when you become only the energy, you will become one with God, in the words of the Hindus. Your soul will not be lost, it will remain, but you will realise that you are one with God. You will do His will, and you will regret that you have not known this thing earlier. Now, when people die, they do not put them on such a high temperature, but they bury them in the ground, where they put most of 200, 300 degrees to keep warm. Man cannot suddenly light up like a saint. If man is placed a high temperature to light up, he will shine over the entire world. To put you at such a high temperature, it is a great benevolence. This heat can be 200, 300, 400, 500 and more million degrees. When it comes to even higher temperatures, it is already unbearable. I say, what will be our faith then? Spirit is something powerful, strong, and impressive. When you come to the Spirit you should treat Him with all his reverence, you should not to think that He is something that can be embraced, kissed or hold. You cannot catch Him with either thoughts or feelings with anything. To have the real thing, you need 500 million degrees. Then you will have the yellow colour. With 300 million degrees you will have red that is still tangible. With 200 million degrees you will have green colour that is still tangible. When you go outside the range of colours and go to the radiation to number 20 exponent 62, according to the scientists, you will be within the limits of the spiritual world and in one with the angels you will serve God. I want everyone to go through this great heat, to become one with God. This is the ideal of the human soul; it seeks purity of the colour white, a symbol of self-denial, of generosity. The black colour takes and the white - gives. White colour says: I need red; I begin to work it to create a new life. Then I'll take the orange colour that shapes things. Then I will take the green, yellow, blue, dark blue, violet, to complete the great work of Love. This is the reason why people wear colourful clothes. Each colour has its place. Man should know why to wear clothes with one colour or another. And when he dresses, he should have an idea. If you dress in white clothes, you will think of purity and selflessness. All that you have you will give it away. Having stained white clothing will make it red. So, white colour will turn to red, which means that you will enter the fight of life. However, the red colour has another side it brings life. In general, each colour is a symbol of something. To study significance of colour, it means studying the alphabet of life. How to distinguish solids? They differ in that anything they catch, they keep for themselves. They say: "This is for us." It is nothing else. Liquid substances, they dissolve everything and drag it, they carry it. The air form substances rise up things. When the air comes, it will stir up the leaves, it will begin to lift them up, to play with them And when the light comes, it reveals all the secrets, all hidden works. As it comes, like a reporter it starts to tinker here and there, to pull something that they have hidden, it takes it out into the world. I ask now: if everything comes into the world, what will remain? You say, don't you: "We should be white" If we were all white, what would happen to the material world? All people want to be clear; everyone wants to have white clothes. All, if you were white, what would happen to the world? The word "white" is a respect, this is a great philosophy. If you do not understand the meaning of the white and the bleach will create trouble. If you go to the North Pole, your eyes will hurt you because of the white. Everything you look around, it is all white. This is partly true, so to speak. Someone dressed in white clothing, will he become a saint? They say that the white colour gives everything. Since the white colour gives, by putting on some clothes in white, have you become holy and righteous? No. It is said: "The black colour takes everything." Dressed in a black dress, what has he taken? Black is static. The black colour defines certain position. But there is a dynamic that the black perceives. They are kind of vibrations, energies going on the way of black. Black is a way in which energies go. Nature has closed the human brain. Lighting comes through the eyes. And all the thoughts come with the help of black. The black colour is the raw material, while the white colour, these are processed materials. Therefore, black is what you have to think about. Comes a suffering - suffering is a raw material that you should know how to process it. And if you know how, you will turn it into a white material. It is an art man to know how to show. You will wear a green garment to show people that they have to be rich. You will wear a yellow clothing to show them that they have to be smart. You will wear a blue garment to make them be truth-loving. At last you will wear white clothes to make them live in purity and holiness. Observing the colours of the clothes and the clothes that people wear today, I find that they do not contribute anything good. For example, some people are not allowed to wear black clothes. On the other is not allowed to wear red clothes. Everyone should know what clothes can wear. You say there is fashion in clothes taken from Paris and you will dress according to this fashion. However Paris fashion is not authoritative for nature. In the present development of mankind it is best people to dress in clothes that are in soft and pleasant colours to soften their feelings. The colours of the clothes should be such as to satisfy the man himself. Many wear ties or bright clothes, in inappropriate for them colours that are harmful to their nervous system. If they wear clothes in these colours, these people cannot become either painters or musicians or scientists. Religious people wear black clothes, but their work is not going well. Each colour has its own purpose, which learned people know. For example, the green colour is materialistic, red colour is active, it is more the colour of the animals, orange colour is of individualism. The only colours that match the current development of the people are clear blue and clear yellow. So when man feels unhappy, let him turn his eyes up to heaven. The blue colour of the sky is soothing. If man perceives that colour in himself he will be climbing the ladder to those vibrations that carry a life. I'm talking about the colours not only as carriers of certain vibrations, but as bearers of life. Blue brings Truth in man. It does tinted people's minds and makes them free. The Law of freedom opens people's hearts, expands them and gives space to human will. Truth sets the tone of life. So between all events in life there is unbreakable connection. In the future you should make seven suits: one for the Moon - for Monday, one for Mars - for Tuesday, one for Mercury - for Wednesday, then for Jupiter - for Thursday, for Venus - for Friday, for Saturn - for Saturday and for the Sun - for Sunday. Monday - Green, Tuesday - red, Wednesday - yellow, Thursday - blue, Friday - pink or bright blue, Saturday - violet, Sunday - orange. Purple colour corresponds to Saturday, Saturn tone "B" number 7. Speaking about the rationality of life, we mean the ratio of light to life. Life is good for the occurrence and development, which needs three colours: red, yellow and blue. Rationality especially comes from yellow. Yellow is related to the knowledge of the human experiences. Red cannot occur if the yellow does not come to help it. This means that man can not appreciate the goods of life while is not rational. When talking about colours, we are convinced that on them also depends the stage of development of a man. We live in the organic world, where colours, play an important role in human development. By the colour of eyes of the parties, by the lips of man can be known for how long such a man might end school, or leave it, also you can tell if someone is a good musician, or just twangs , you can always tell if a person has strong faith or not. The rationality shows the tremendous amount of light that you have perceived. Under the word "rational person" we understand tremendous amount of light that is perceived in the Divine world. Justice implies processing, distribution of light, work that is done. Goodness implied produced material that has been acquired. Then you have: The good man is a farmer, in fairness is an industrialist and entrepreneur is in wisdom. This is the best trade or rationality is invested capital, fairness is treated capital and good is capital which is disposed. I say: under the "rational man" we mean that he should have enough light to process. If light in him stops, mental activity stops. Once mental activity stops, justice and goodness ceases. They are coupled. Light is coupled with fairness. Under the word "justice" we mean harmony in life. Man is a form for you, but he also exists as light. The more intelligent a man is, the more his light is clear. If intelligence is reduced, the light becomes slightly bluish colour, then pale yellow, etc. Intelligence is judged by the colour. Heart and Love have soft pink colour, soft pink hues. White light is of virtue and will. Intersection of all colours gives the human aura. By aura is judged the degree of human development. There are people in which dominates the red colour, they are people Martians. There are people in which dominates the orange colour, they are where people individualists, wherever they go, it is evident that they are generals. Everywhere the first place they want. If forming a company they want to become president, to hold the highest post. There are people who wear yellow, deal with high work poetry, philosophy, willing to serve, uncover secrets. Others involved with the green colour, want to become the richest people. There are others who deal with blue, want to become great religious people, patriarchs, bishops, extraordinary work, to give orders to the world. Who wear violet colour, they do want to have a royal mantle, as you look at them, big men will become. Red always increases the energy of man it brings progress. If anaemic, man comes alive from the red colour. If we bring the orange colour in man, he begins to individualise, gives price of things. In green things grow. In yellow man begins to think. When the blue colour is in man it develops his spiritual feelings: faith, hope, meanwhile giving conditions for Love. With violet colour creates force in man to enable him to overcome some difficulties. When man is discouraged, it shows that there is little violet colour. If life is low, red is low. If he does not know why he has come to the Earth orange colour is scantily represented in it. If a man does not learn, it shows that the green colour in it is low. Each colour brings some impulse in man. Green colour says to man, "You have to grow according to all rules, as God requires, and each thought, each feeling and each act of yours to be at its place. Moreover, what we do in the world will do to the world." Everyone who is energetic is red. Everyone who thinks is yellow. Everyone who believes is blue. Everyone who grows is green. Everyone who is individualised is orange. Everyone who wants to command the people is violet. This is how I understand it. You say: red, blue. Especially for me, red means an energetic person. If you increase the red colour the boiler is sprayed. If you increase the yellow colour the head is sprayed. The present doctors say that someone has become exceedingly sensitive. But according to me vibrations of yellow have a bit increased, have disordered are the nerves. I say: you should decrease this colour. If you have drunk a little wine you have lost your balance. The red colour is acquired through purity. If you cannot acquire red colour, you will always be ill. Purity is the main conduit of the major ton of red. The red colour carries the material that builds life. This colour of the rainbow is not the major red colour. The major red when you take it, it will bring in you joy, light, power, heat. It is God's Love. God's Love when it touches man with the smallest major red colour it immediately brings light, purity, strength in the body. When you give way to the Divine in yourself, you will not be wearing black clothes, but I will wear a garment made up of the seven colours of the spectrum. The red colour is manifestation of life. The orange colour means individualisation of life. The green colour strive to growth. The yellow colour is manifestation of intelligence in life. The light blue colour is manifestation of faith. The dark blue colour is acquisition of life. The violet colour is manifestation of the strength of life. The colours of the spectrum, together, show that all disputes and misunderstandings between people disappear. The white colour of the light indicates that man should be prepared to serve God with all his soul, with no external rules and methods. Everyone should serve God as he understands internally, like children. If you have free time left, help others, but you have not yet arranged your life. You have no knowledge yet. You, if they ask you how many are the vibrations of the red colour, do you know? They are 428 billion. What are the vibrations of the orange colour? 502. What are the vibrations the yellow colour? 516. What are the vibrations of the green colour? 569. What are the vibrations of the clear blue colour? 604. What are the vibrations the blue colour? 669. How many are the vibrations of the violet colour? 739. How have calculated that the red light has 400 trillion vibrations? For violet light it is even said that it has 800 trillion oscillations. How have they been calculated exactly? That there is something true, it is, but that the calculations are correct, this is an issue. Each colour has its intermediate tones. So, science does not know which the true red colour is and how many are its oscillations. Furthermore, from red to orange colour there is certain area that scientists do not know. They know that from the red light down vibrations are reduced and from the red light up vibrations red are increased. The present scientists seek what proportion of these oscillations is. According to different scholars there are different calculations for oscillations. Scientists have come to the conclusion that in order to project light, it takes a certain amount of vibrations. That is why light cannot be distributed in any environment. There are certain vibrations of light that are healthy, but there are such that are not healthy. For instance, there is a tile colour that is not at all healthy. There is black colour which is not healthy. In black colour there is light and darkness, and it is progressive. They say that somewhere it is very dark. But from darkness to darkness there is difference. The ether's double of the spleen makes a number of transformations of the life force of the Sun that surrounds us. This light is ultimately pale pink, not too pale pink, slightly to the violet and the colour spreads through the nerves around the physical body. In such a pale pink light is submerged Christ. Modern physicists have not yet studied at what angle of light refraction, with which conflicts a red colour is formed, they have not studied on what angles in collisions of light which formed orange, yellow, green, blue, violet and other colours at all. For example, if in you a discontent is born, appears red light, and you become active. But when someone wants to insult you, before you even hear what he will say, you open wide your eyes and listen. When you hear offensive words, you perceive the colour. Then you shrink the eyebrows a little in you starts an internal reaction. If you are stronger than the one that offended you, in you is born a desire to fight, but if you are weaker a thought is born under what conditions you will revenge. You have not studied what angles are formed by opening the eyes when closing, etc. All these things are interesting to be studies. If the red colour, by the astrologers called "Mars colour", affects the man it will be shown in a special way. What is a red colour? It is the colour of passion, which means influence on human passions. When Mars is in unfavourable conjunction with Saturn, then appear such circumstances, under which man deprived of his experience and understanding, can put his head between them as mouse puts its head into the trap. Many people fall into these unfavourable conditions, like some robbers in police custody. When someone is rude, it shows that there is an excess of red colour inside him, of his energy, and he must get rid of it. Lack of will, cowardice is lack of blue. From this view, bad people always have more heat and less light. Good people just the opposite: they have more light and less heat. Red absorbs everything inside it. In the garment of Love, in the red dress we have a start, the basis of life. The red colour shows the currents that operate in nature. The degree of colour shows what energies are hidden in the red colour. Red colour is just one measure of light outside. As sometimes you have put a measure, to be able to measure, so the red colour is put to measure in order to be measured feelings. When you are anaemic, keep in mind this measure. Then, keeping the measure on the road, you will be able to understand your rights. If you do not believe in the red, how will life come? If you do not believe in yellow, how will thought come to you? Yellow is an unnatural colour. Yellowness should be outside. Life itself does not tolerate any colour. Life is colourless inside. Life is inside, it must be absolutely colourless, but from outside it has all the colours. If the colours enter in, in the essence, you will pile all misfortunes on yourself or say then: you are blue. So, which is the most natural of colours? There are colours that are cold; there are colours that are warm Red is hot, I call it magnetic. The colours I have divided them into magnetic and electric colours. The second serve for the development, for growth. If you want to develop, to grow, it is necessary that you serve with red and scarlet. (...) In nature there is such a colour. You, when you see that colour, your heart will wince and you will not forget it for years. You, when you think about it, something in the pit of your stomach will shudder. So, sometimes in humans occurs, rarely, but this colour appears on the lips, and when one has seen in any girl that colour on her lips, he goes mad, he walks around and thinks about the colour of the lips. But because this colour is the colour of the girl, then the girl becomes victim of the colour. If the warmth of the yellow colour, which is about 500 million degrees, increases the human nervous system cannot withstand. Not that the nervous system will not stand, but the particles electrons, protons and neutrons cannot withstand the heat and cause decomposition of the brain. In this situation, man begins to fantasise. How can man be saved in this situation? Many want to become very educated people. Hazardous work is becoming very learned. Modern people are stripped of scarcity of the yellow light. They have plenty of red. Warlike people have abundant red light in themselves. To run the red colour out of the people and the world not to suffer, people let the blood go. War is a bad thing, but for now it's a necessity. If wars do not occur, greater catastrophes than war will happen. If war does not happen, major earth quakes would happen, or a planet will be destroyed, and will again be created. Astronomers from time to time notice that a star ignites and begins to burn. This is a whole catastrophe. Everyone is a manufacturer, which produces inside him red or yellow fabrics. Who goes through the male line, he needs red fabrics. Who goes through the female line, he needs yellow fabrics. So, the relationship between people aims to have proper exchanges of the goods they produce. The more correct is the exchange between people, the stronger their connections are. Those who follow the male line, produce inside yellow colour. Those who walk through the female line, produce red colour. When we say that no one lives for himself, we mean that man should not be satisfied with what he himself has produced. He must necessarily enter into relationship with those people who make a colour opposite of his. If you're weak in the mind, wear yellow. If you are weak in faith, wear blue. If you're weak in life, frail, wear red. If you are trampled by people wear orange colour. If you're weak, wear purple, lilac colour. Now I am talking about the positive side of colours. There are negative colours and there are positive colours. A positive colour is healthy. Green colour is extremely materialistic. Therefore, it is the cause of modern materialism One day when humanity goes out of this colour, it will come to blue, green then that comes under the rainbow. In its development mankind has passed at first through the red colour, then through the orange colour, now is in the green colour, then it will enter the clear blue colour. So, the future century is the century of clear blue colour. And finally mankind will complete its development on the Earth in the yellow colour. The green colour is not bad, but when it prevails over the other colours, this has bad influence on man. The green colour is connected to the senses and calms more. It is magnetic colour, it creates growth. The Sun sends its light to the Earth and of that solar energy profit all the embryo. The solar light and heat awake our mental energy to be able to work. At first man should know how to keep his head towards the Sun. If someone wants to become learned man, he should know at what angle he should put his head towards the solar energy. You cannot become a scientist, if you do not know the way in which you should perceive the yellow, the golden colour of the light. You say: "How can I know how to put my head? And who will tell me this?" It is not a question about that, but first of all you doubt whether human intelligence depends on the yellow colour of light. People do not even suspect that the yellow colour is given as a subject to study for the development of the human intelligence. Now according to you what on disposal depends? It depends on the blue colour. Man, who lacks blue colour, he is not disposed; he has scarcity. The blue colour contains the psychological energy of the inner wealth. Man, when realises, that he has inner wealth inside himself, he is content. The emblem is the blue colour, you have acquisitions. Faith, when developing in man, it has blue colour. But it is not the only in the world. Blue colour shows the strength of faith. The application of faith, when you sense light inside you, has a soft light in mind then the blue colour is already there. The light shows that what you have, you can apply. You cannot be free, if you do not have that, the blue dress of Truth. When you acquire it, you will be free. This, the blue colour that I am talking to you about is not such as you think. It is an emblem It has so many nuances, this blue colour. This, the blue colour is in combination with other colours. It is in the centre, around it rotate all the other colours, helping it and giving it value. Some of you think, that it is only the blue colour, but this blue colour, it is a centre, around it work all the colours. I say: around this blue colour we have creatures that will come from the invisible world; they will teach you how to be free. You have not seen the blue colour. If you see it, it could be maybe a hundred times more beautiful than you see it on the sky. You will see it, gushing, gushing light out, bluish light going out. This light, when gushing, provokes you to make good. You are trembling to do good even to the smallest fly; you are happy that you can make good. If the blue colour does not stimulate you to make good, if the yellow colour does not stimulate you to think nice, to have the most beautiful thoughts, if the red colour does not stimulate you to acquire the most beautiful vibrations in life, then what for is this colour to you? The blue colour is for the heart. When man wants to be consoled, to have peace in his heart, he should look at the blue colour. The blue colour is of faith and of the Truth. If you are not well disposed, put in front of you the blue colour, it brings energy and peace, it calms. Clothes in blue colour tone. The blue colour is for the spiritual life of man then we can grow up spiritually. If you believe, you have blue colour in your aura. If you believe, you accept and without it you cannot serve God. Serving God includes the following: we serve God with what He has given to us. The dark blue colour makes you feel a little sorrow this is reserve and should be rarefied. The violet colour is of the Spirit, it means strength and brings strength; this is the colour of Jupiter. It concerns human will and human spirit. Salvation of humanity is done with violet colour. It is the colour of will, sweetness, blessing, submission. Dark blue colour in its purity produces hardness, decisiveness, stability in belief, in feelings, but in non pure state it brings uncertainty. Violet colour in its purity produces strength of character, but if not pure cowardice. Black colour should wear who is nervous, but who is healthy should wear white. Hats, umbrellas, etc. should not be black. Who wears black becomes mercenary. In white you give, in black you take. White colour means purity, it has intensive inner life. If you want to work inside, put the white colour as a base. Each colour corresponds to a day of the week, to a planet, to an hour, to a tone, to a number. 'C' corresponds to number 9. The black colour corresponds to 'C', to number 9, to Mars, to Tuesday. The orange colour corresponds to Sunday, to the Sun, to 'D' and to number 1. The yellow colour corresponds to Wednesday, to Mercury, to 'E', to number 5. The green colour corresponds to Monday, to the Moon, to 'F', to number 2. The clear blue colour corresponds to Thursday, to Jupiter, to 'G', to number 3. The dark blue colour corresponds to Friday (and the rose colour), to Venus, to 'A' and to number 6. The violet colour corresponds to Saturday, to Saturn, to 'B', to number 7. Gold is related to the Sun, copper to Venus, silver to the Moon, iron to Mars, tin to Jupiter; lead to Saturn, platinum - to Uranus. As a rule: the lighter a colour is; the greater and the better its spiritual influence is. There are electric and magnetic colours. For example, red, yellow, clear blue and violet could be electric, but orange, green, dark blue magnetic. Calming colours are clear blue, clear green and clear yellow. There is certain light that passes, without being accepted by the body. Exactly now in man will be formed specific organs, a net that catches the new beams of light. Who has such a net, is from the new; who does not have is from the old. Without perceiving new light and the new thought cannot come. Ordinary light even the animals do not have. The people who have clear view of colours are very few. But if a net for this energy is formed, it will be possible to perceive the second octave of colours. It should be known that there are mechanical, organic and psychological vibrations of light. We should be ready for the new light; the old light will become servant of the new light. This is a theory, but you need something real to start perceiving the new light. If the eyes of man open, he will see that in the air there are strange things. And we, when we look, we do not see anything in it, it seems to us that it is transparent. But if we start perceiving the new light, we will see a completely new world. Sometimes man sees flowers, nice valleys... In fact he sees part of the kingdom, hidden from our view. There is an invisible world that we are moving in and that surrounds us. Viewing of the invisible world will come and is only matter of time. With the last discoveries in science we are moving closer to it. It is not only a matter of philosophy, but there should be a real communication with the invisible world. In the future, each beam that enters your eyes at sunrise will talk to you the light will talk to you. The water will talk, the wind will talk; all around you will hear soft and nice speech that you have never heard. A flower will nod: "Welcome, brother". The people think that they know life, but they have hardly had a glance on it. And Christ says: "If you survive in Me and My words survive in you, whatever you want, you will have it". What will be? We will know how to transform our present life. I should transform my inner life, this is for me. And I notice one thing, when I walk among the people; everyone has concentrated his mind on the others. He looks that this man is rich, but he has nothing. No, each of us should turn his mind to his vineyard, each should dig his vineyard. And "if My words says Christ survive in you", this law of Love we can apply in a trial. Now, how are we going to apply it? For Love there are laws in the physical world, we will apply it as we apply light. There is glass and they know how to send light through it, how to pass it through. In the future mothers will know how to pass the beams of Love. These beams come from the human eyes. You should see what the beams are that come from the eyes of that man, who loves you. Sometimes from the human eyes go out red beams, sometimes orange, green, blue, yellow beams, sometimes go out white beams and even black. These beams that go out of the human eyes, out of the human soul have various influences.

Daylight If we think of these words: "In Him was life, and the life was the daylight," God is daylight, God's light. If man thinks that God is like daylight, like the light, he will acquire much clearer notion than from the philosophical treatises. We can say that the Earth has been created of light, of heat. Heat has created all the good on the Earth that are coming, but they are transmitted by the vibrations of light. There has been a time when people have seen themselves in a terrible situation on Earth. It has been entire hell. Present people have been suppressed; they have been much worse suppressed than fish have been suppressed. They have not been breathing with lungs. The atmosphere has been so dense that the people have not seen each other. This world, as you see it now manifests. When people have gone out of these hard conditions of this dense matter when mind has come to people and has started acting since then has appeared the daylight. Since all the water has gathered in the large oceans and seas, then the upper atmosphere has purified. And daylight and the light of God have descended. Then man has appeared and for him has begun a new era. Light is an art that should be learned from the outside, and daylight is a life that should be learned from the inside. So, when speaking about light, we understand the physical world. It is an art that could be learned outside. Daylight, then, is obtained through knowledge. To become a scientist, man should have daylight. All great ideas, sublime sentiments and actions manifest at the most abundant light, not external, but internal. That this is so can be seen from the fact that most sublime individuals of mankind who have become great in their development, called saints, this means that they shine, they have become people of light. Therefore, when all the people acquire this state to be light when societies and nations acquire these abilities only then we will have a superior culture. From this point of view, all the objects on the Earth, all plants, animals, and forms of people are nothing else but light, modified in its most varied manifestations. So to say, it's light. From all this it follows that light, we are talking about is not dead, is not just of vibrations, as it is generally claimed, but it contains something more. The vibrations of the new light will come down to the lower parts of human life and forever will release people from perturbations, which now we encounter every day. How to understand the light? You can understand it as you accept it directly from its source. If you decide to study light from the flame of a candle or an electric light, you will understand nothing. This light spoils the eyes. Anything, that spoils what is created by God, is not divine. The Divine differs to the human in internal sense. With his soul man can detect things internally. Solar energy that comes to the Earth passes through the ether, then in the air, when it comes into conflict with the Earth, forming light. But it is not the one that comes from the Sun; it forms here on the Earth. That light gives impulse to the thought, I speak about it. If you are free, you can increase the light. More or less light it depends on the developments of the nervous system. The better developed the nervous system is the more the light and the heat rise. Light is the manifestation of God. And you, when saying, "God is light" in your mind, it will produce a completely different result. This light that comes from above has passed through several stages. In order to understand the proper sense of the light, you have to return it back to that creature that has created it, which means to the initial Word that has said, "Let there be light!" And the law is true: when a student is engaged with a difficult task, initially he has only vague notions about it, this task is difficult, but after thinking for a long time and after he understands the relationship of the elements in the problem, a small light appears. Therefore, always, when the Word becomes sensible in our heart and in our soul, the light appears as a result. So God has said: light to be in this mind, light to be in this heart, light to be in this soul, and there is light. And what are the results of light? At first this light will produce storm winds, rain, hurricane, an entire cataclysm, and then forming its soil, this light will produce golden fruits, rivers, springs, and through these fruits we will know the quality of the light. The words "light" and "daylight" are from the same root, but the light is a reflection of the daylight. The daylight is a compound of that Divine element that already belongs to the human mind, which makes us to think wisely, to have logic, content and meaning in our thought. In modern science, physicists argue on the light whether it comes from the Sun, or if it is something else. There are scientists arguing that it comes from the Sun, and maintaining that it is a special energy that, when it comes to the ground, it is breaking into it and it reflects light. The daylight is an internal process. It is an element that can always be experienced. The daylight is the most real thing in the world. It is a thousand times more real than this world: it creates human thought, desire, it is conductor to the spiritual world and exists in the form of today's ether; it is a wrapper of the human spirit, the human mind and without it no one can think and feel. All who have attended school in the past, have passed through the high school, they have experienced difficulties in solving certain tasks, they know that the relationship of these tasks does not brightens at once, but they have to work more on them for some time, so that they see a light and the relations clarify. The daylight is that clarifies. If our minds are dominated by the Divine light, with that light we cannot do anybody any harm. But if our mind that light is concentrated and has passed from someone else to us that light is dangerous. You should develop forehead because it collects light. The lower part of the forehead collects other rays of light, the middle part collects other. Each part of the forehead collects different light. Three types of light are collected. It is the same for the head. Top of the head collects heat. Religious feelings are feelings of warmth. Some people mix religious feelings with light. But religion is not based on light, it is based on heat. Light comes from above. And there are three types of heat there. There is a heat that corresponds to the strength, a light that attracts softness and warmth that draws light. And God has said: "Let there be light!" For us the word "light" implies to see things only. In the Sacred language, the word "light" implies something else: "Let there be light!" Means "Aum". When I talk about daylight and darkness I mean the movement of the Earth in its relationship to conscious life. If there is movement, there will be light and darkness. And it is understood that the Earth moves to the centre, to the Sun. To him it seeks. Movement means Love. Love moves all creatures. When a certain matter has kinetic energy, which means such energy that produces movement, it means the manifestation of Love in all its forms. When God has said "Let there be light!" It has become daylight. He has done this with His Love. Love has created the world, Love has created the universe. When we look at the Sun, the stars, we mean God's Love. Therefore, the first and the strongest impulse of the human soul is to accept Love in all its fullness, to be free from the restrictions of life. When I talk about daylight and darkness I mean the movement of the Earth in its relationship to conscious life. If there is movement, there will be light and darkness. And it is understood that the Earth moves to the centre, to the Sun. To him it seeks. Movement means Love. Love moves all creatures. When a certain matter has kinetic energy, which means such energy that produces movement, it means the manifestation of Love in all its forms. The daylight is a form of Love. Modern physicists say about light: if lights of two opposite poles with different lengths and vibration meet, they are neutralised and then darkness is formed. So it is with daylight. The man is the one pole of the light, the other is the woman. They collected to form a Divine harmony. They will form such a harmony, if the lengths of their vibrations are the same. Then is created Love in our sense, then we feel the expansion of the mind, of the heart. But surely both of them have to produce daylight. One day before you will find a great world in which exists daylight. This daylight comes from inside, not from outside. Modern occultists say that whoever has this daylight, he has magnetism Such a man is soft, pliable, there is Love in him and he soon forgives. The daylight is the health condition of the human mind, an atmosphere in which man should permanently live. When writers lose this daylight, they become fruitless; if teachers lose it, they lose their methods cannot teach; when mothers lose it, they lack patience and Love and cannot educate. If you have no daylight in yourself, no Love can be manifested in you, it is the Truth. Christ says: "You are the light." Who are "you"? The first element is the salt, the law of balance, which keeps all the forces in balance. If you have rheumatism, you do not have salt in your feet. If your stomach aches, you do not have salt in your body. If you have a headache, you do not have salt inside yourself. I'm not talking about external salt, but about the salt of life. Without knowing that people falsely think they can be treated with medicines. And drugs help because they contain salt in themselves. Light is necessary for growth, for the development of your body. Without the inner light, the external is useless. The external light is mechanical. There's a light at which our body grows. There is a light at which the brain grows. There's a light, at which your heart grows. There is a light at which the nerves grow. If this light corresponding to the nerves does not come, the nerves begin to fade. Once away from the outer and inner light, your body starts to get sick. Often attacked are the eyes, the ears; the throat. The second element is daylight, it elevates and makes the things grow, this means that all thoughts and desires in daylight grow and develop properly. A man who lives in the daylight is like a fruit tree that grows in the fertile soil in it all the fruits ripen. When your mind is in unrest and philosophical thoughts, do not rejoice yet. This is probably one flower. To try if you have light unto, check if your thoughts will set, if they will catch roots. When a man is not ready to die for one of his thoughts, this means that it has not been born in him Every thought has a shape that can carry the character of sheep, a wolf, a bear, a fox, a snake, a spider, an ant, and all these forms are qualities that make up human nature. And that daylight enters the same law as the light comes from above, and it elevates everything in man and raises good and bad animals no matter whether they are wolves or sheep. And when these animals complain to the daylight, that there is suffering it tells them: "Fear not, next year I will create you again, just work out a little." When we complain that in our life there are sufferings the daylight says: "Look, I will create in you the necessary." But I do not tolerate doubt, cowardice, unbelief - these are negative qualities. The daylight is a life of Divine harmony and only man in whom there is this harmony he can experience the majesty of daylight. The daylight is a rational element. One day when man goes out of this modern life, then he will enter into a light that will be a light without shadows, which cannot be spoken about. What is this light without shadows? Once you enter this light without shadows, you cannot see the mistakes of any man. As long as you see the mistakes of the people, you are in the world where there are shadows. In light where there are shadows, there are mistakes. In this light, that is without shadows mistakes disappear. Therefore, mistakes are simply due to this light that gives shadows of things. So, real life depends on those immortal vibrations in nature. So there is in nature mortal and immortal vibrations. In nature there are death vibrations of light, but there are immortal vibrations of light. There are also deadly vibrations of heat, but there are immortal vibrations of heat. Think then about the immortal light and heat that bring life in them If man can put his body and brain to the action of the immortal sunlight and heat, he will be able to perceive such sounds from the Sun as he has never heard. These sounds come from the Sun. If a man develops in himself that ability to connect with the immortal light and heat of the Sun he can communicate with the creatures from the invisible world of the upper worlds in general We religious people do not pay for the light. We, when we come here to the gym, our heads light and we do not need these lights. As we come here we do not need stove to heat our hearts. This does not happen yet. Now you will make an objection: "Where in the world is there such a thing?" Therefore we suffer. Who does light the world? Lighting in the world is from creatures who think. I will share one thought: angels, thinking of the Sun, forming sunlight and send it here to the Earth. And when the saints think, on the Earth is formed heat. They make it. From above the bright idea comes as light, while on the Earth, it turns to heat. There is a transformer. If not the saints, the Earth will freeze. And if one day the angels above stop to think up, the Sun will freeze.

Light and Darkness What at any given moment raises human consciousness, we call light. It is the first beam that enters in the consciousness of man. What makes his consciousness sleep, we call darkness. Ancient occultism depicts a woman with black hair and man - with white. The woman has been a carrier of darkness and man has been a carrier of light. Darkness presents initial material from which the world has been created. Light implies manifestations of the organised world. Initial material has not been organised. It has been throwing a shadow over things and consequently has appeared dark. From light new worlds are created. So dark is the storehouse from which God pulls things to create a world of light. Light comes out of the darkness. Light depends on the strength of the movement. The stronger is the movement the more powerful is the light, while the "shot" meets final limit and stops and turns to darkness. Do you know what darkness is? It is the reverse process. The shot of light is upward movement and the movement of darkness, when reaching the lowest point, is from top to bottom, which means from the periphery to the centre. It is the slightest movement. So darkness is up, and the light is below. Science says that starlight is subject to the general law of vibration that there has been a deviation of light rays and this has been done under the influence of these vibrations. That is right. The light is subject to an internal law, and if it obeys, it has certain limitations. If there are certain limitations, it moves in a certain circle in a certain spiral. In this case, the light not only bends but it deviates and it finally stops. And each beam becomes a rational creature. So what would contemporary scientists say about this? Billions of years ago you have been such a beam, but when you have gone out of the stars and after you have moved and have come to the Earth, you have found yourself like people and today, in this audience you are listening to me. You have forgotten that you have been light and now with a lot of evidence I should convince you that you have been light. The light is not coming from the Sun. If you go towards the Sun, you will find yourself in such a sweltering darkness, as you have never seen. Some think that by going to the Sun will find more light. No, just the opposite, such darkness you will come upon that you will lose your way. These are only allegations, suggestions; I am not saying that this is the truth. So I guess I have the right to suppose like all educated people. Sometimes you may pass some rays of the sun so that one can "disappear". Physical and spiritual light are different. In the physical field certain refraction should happen by at least one degree in order rays to become visible. If there is no refraction of rays, the body becomes invisible. This body is still there - do not understand the physical body. Thus light can be rarified and compressed. When you are in hostile state of spirit or suffering, you are more compressed than you should. For the ants we are invisible to the flies we are invisible. Fly all day cannot see the man. Finger is visible to it. There are objects that refract light; there are objects that do not refract light. Physical light is refracted in different stages. There is an astral light that is bent on the physical field. Wherever the light falls, the objects are invisible. Now go to the astral light. When passed, man becomes invisible. The light itself is invisible. It makes things visible, but it itself is invisible. You see a book but do not see the light. Light makes you to see the book. Light makes things visible. To see something, it should be in static position. This, that is always moving, it is invisible, you cannot see it. Something that you see, you need to stop it for a moment. Light, which for a moment crashes into an object, it is a reflection, you see the object it, the light is gone; you see the object at the place. Therefore, we see only the result of light. The actual light is not visible to humans. Consequently we have about ourselves a concept you say: "The world is dark." It is in the world that which is dark, it is real. Moreover what you do not know, it's real, and what you know, it's unreal. That light that cannot react on our eyes, it is presented to us as darkness and the light which reacts on our eyes, is represented as light. Therefore, our light is darkness for the other creatures, and our darkness that occurs at night is light for the more advanced creatures. In the world everything is light. If you ask the opinion of modern physics on the light, they will define it as procedure of vibrations, which include seven colours - from red to violet, and they will calculate that the red colour is made of 428 trillion vibrations, violet - of 739 billion and ultraviolet - of 833 trillion oscillations. This is the boundary or area of light, which, here in the physical world, can be shown. Or in other words: this is the point which the people have reached so far in the development of their receptivity. This is so inn the physical world. But what relation has light to the human mind? From modern observations and experiments it is proved that no mental activity could be done, no organic event can happen without the presence of light. And we will make a general statement that the degree of development of all creatures depends on the quality and the amount of light, present at a given moment. This distinction can refer to the man himself: all men differ in the degree of light, whether they are able to perceive and manifest it. We can state and otherwise: that the character itself, the spiritual manifestation of man depends on the quality and quantity of the light. In nature, all figures are images through which we can solve some difficulties. All images are images geometry of laws by which we can solve certain difficulties. For example, if an angle is increased, how much can we increase it? It is to 180 degrees. At 180 degrees we will have a straight line we will have the diameter of the Earth. What does now present the diameter of the Earth? What does man present himself? He presents a rhombus. He is a diamond, therefore, all the options are on top, the top, the top is all power; the Sun is there. The bottom side of the navel presents a country that is not lit by the Sun; this is a natural human, the physical man. What is the physical man? He is who has not been touched by the Divine Sun. The dark side of man is this; it is from the navel down. We say it's animal. What is the animal? The animal is a creature that is not illuminated by the Divine Sun. What is a man? Man is what is half shone. The whole man is not yet shone. Then we draw one conclusion. Where do accidents occur? If you move during the day, you will have fewer obstacles than if you move at night. Therefore, at night, in such darkness, you will have much trouble. Let's say in life you say: "Something happened to me." If something happens to you, it shows that you have been in darkness. Do not go works in your life, you are in darkness. You are forceless, you are in darkness; you are not good; you are in darkness. Everything seems impossible to you, it shows that you are in darkness. You say: "I'm a weak man." Do not you know what the reason is? The reason for this is the darkness. Therefore, to get rid of the contradiction in your life, you should get rid of the darkness. And to get rid of darkness you should not sit in a static position, but you have to move. What does the Earth show? As the Earth moves and you have to move. You should have two movements - one around you, one around the Sun. As you move around the Sun, the seasons change; as you move around yourself you will be illuminated, and the man and the animal simultaneously. This man and his animals would ennoble, and he himself would be ennobled. Direct light is inaccessible to the human mind. The light that we have is a reflection, it adjusts to the mind. Light is able to produce a thought. What relation exists between light and thought? Light is the external condition for manifestation of thought. The light is attracted to bodies or consciousnesses that are highly organised. To live means to be organised. And to organise it means to acquire more light. All modern humans, societies and nations suffer from lack of light. It exists abundantly in the outside world, but does not remain within us. Inside it is a little; there are no circumstances to manifest within us at the present state of man. Consequently emerge all the negative feelings that now hinder the development of humanity and corrode his body, hinder his mind and corrupt his heart. If you doubt this, put any individual in any unsanitary housing, where there is very little light, and you will see in a few years all the differences that may occur in the disorganisation of the individual in the decline of his mental abilities and his morality. As a body has more darkness, more oxidises, the less darkness it has, it is less oxidised. Gold has a little darkness, so it is less oxidised. Everyone, who makes mistakes, has a lot of darkness. Everyone who is less wrong has little darkness. So, I put the question to clarify the idea. You're wrong, why? It is because you have a lot of darkness. You are wrong less because you have less darkness. Therefore, by adopting that light, then mistakes will be an exception. In you could originate a thought: "What should I do?" Darkness is due to the dense matter. Darkness in humans is due to matter. If you have any darkness, you're under the influence of a body. When the Earth casts its shadow on the Moon, it is an eclipse. When the Moon casts its shadow on the Sun, what happens? When the Moon comes between the Earth and the Sun, it is an eclipse. Sometimes and your life becomes obscured. You cannot explain why, what causes your discomfort. You are sick. Why are you sick? It is because you do not have light. As the discomfort is greater, the lack is more. Deprivation of light is in you, and plenty of darkness. Therefore, the abundance of your inner darkness brings dissatisfaction in life. From the abundance of darkness your ignorance comes from. Abundance of darkness results in your disbelief. Abundance of darkness is which mutes. So if there are no conditions, there is no possibility to develop. Darkness is a garment necessary for physical life. So darkness is necessary for material life, but it is not necessary for the internal life of man. It is a necessity because without it is unpleasant to walk naked in winter without any clothes. It is good in winter to have a warm, beautiful garment. So darkness is a nice warm coat. But do not take my words wrong, thinking that I recommend to walk in darkness. No, in the darkness man just rests and sleeps and into light, he works. When I talk to you about light and darkness, you consider them out of you. To understand light and darkness, you should not view them as something out of the human spirit. Light is what sustains the human spirit and gives strength and power. Meanwhile darkness is what empowers the human body. If on the Earth there would be eternal light, our body would not be able to withstand this pressure of light, as a result of which will befall a great misfortune. When the darkness that limits the human body has come to the Earth, it tried to limit the light, but the darkness has seen that it cannot restrict the light.

Light Man has to know how to coordinate the warmth and the light inside. When the light in man decreases his warmth should be increased. When his warmth is reduced, his light needs to be increased. By thinking man coordinates the energies of light, through the heart the energies of warmth, but by the will results from the light and the warmth. This is unintelligible to you, because it is a theory. It should be applied in practice, to become clear to you. The present scholars so far have thought that the light is not matter, but now they think that there is some light weight that cannot be measured. They say that heat is characterised by a property that expands the body, and where light penetrates, there is always movement there. The movement is due to the light. Therefore the beginning of any movement, whatever, every movement, whether in space or on celestial bodies, or in the human body, there is desire to move, it is the impulse of this initial light. You want to be great, it is because of the heat, but thanks to the light you can move - the light moves our blood. Light in the world is produced on the base of the virgin male principle. Heat is produced by Love. Love is the feminine principle. Power is the principle of the children of the world. Only children create power. All nature is governed by children. They give the energy. Behind the light stand light creatures. What consciousness do they have to move so fast? External light that we see is the result of thought of the sublime creatures that are above us. It comes out of the eyes of these creatures. Animals perceive that light that comes out of us. They do not see things as we see them, because they collect light that has passed through two dense environments and consequently suffered a double refraction. Man presents a tool - it is important what music will come out of it. Thoughts and feelings present the instrument of man. The light that comes from the Sun until it reaches us it goes through four different panels of matter, where it undergoes different refraction. And in our bodies the same is happens: the sunlight passes through four boards, where undergoes different degrees of refraction. Therefore, when light passes through matter and breaks, at the same time it reduces its power, in order to have a real idea of the light, we have to convert these refractions. Similarly, every idea that comes to us undergoes just four refractions about which Isaiah speaks. And to realise this idea, we have to turn it in pure state. How will this be achieved? When it passes through our heart, through our mind and then we finally get with it to the Divine world and understand what this world is. In this transformation mainly our will takes part. In animals mind does not work, because in them all the face is covered with hair. Only the formation of the human forehead, which has happened in a recent age, this is the place where the light enters. This is the place on the face that has been processed by the light. There is a certain energy that descends from the Sun and is invisible. As this energy comes to Earth, the feminine principle transforms this energy and light is born. Light has been born by the woman on the Earth. From the Sun through the man the energy has come. Through your brain through your head the energy will come. And through your stomach (the solar plexus) this energy is transformed and life begins to function. Magnetism is a carrier of heat, and electricity - of light. Electricity is the external form of light, heat is the external form of magnetism When we talk about light we mean the awakening of human consciousness. When we talk about heat we already understand the functioning of consciousness, there are conditions to function. If consciousness has light, but does not have heat, it is awakened consciousness, but it cannot function. When talking about heat, we understand that this consciousness functions. Without heat it cannot function. When light is awakening, the tension is outside. Sometimes you say: "What's the heat or the light that I have, what for is it to me?" You will enjoy the light you have. The light has enabled your consciousness to awaken. Once you have heat, you are glad that consciousness can achieve what you want. If consciousness is awakened, if it is functioning properly, there is growth, you can achieve everything. Without light and without heat you can do nothing. Or in other words: if your consciousness is not awakened, if it is not functioning properly, things are unattainable. What is the relation between light, warmth and goodness? Light produces vibrations in the ether. Heat forms expansion in solids. And goodness, what does it form? It does not refer to the physical world. There, where the people are good, you can know them in by the gardens are well treated. A man who is good, is well-dressed, well-combed. This man has got good manners. Light refers to the forehead of man, to his mental world. Heat refers to his heart, goodness refers to his actions. Therefore, if you do not understand the light and do not know how to put it to work to help your mind, then you do not understand the inner meaning of light. If you shine your hands at the heat and do not know how to put it to work, you will lose one of the conditions. Softness in life cannot be imported without heat. To form a soft character, warmth is one condition - you need heat. Goodness is a way to lead you to Love. Virtue is an environment of Love. Love can not come without goodness. If you are good, Love will manifest in you. How do you now understand goodness? You say: "I wish to be good." You cannot become good, the question is about deeds. Goodness is a condition to manifest Love. Sharing is always between people, among whom there is a link. If they are in the mental world, the teacher who teaches them will give light to the students, and the students who perceive will pass heat to the teacher. An exchange occurs between light and heat. Then I call heat "reverse process". According to me heat is a reverse process of light. Light comes from God, the heat returns to God. Those who do not understand this, they think that both process heat and light simultaneously come from God. Now, when you say "from God", you understand this in a human way. I understand this: the heat from the periphery of life returns to the Divine center to show that light is well used. Ripe fruits are in heat. Light brings the possibilities of life. Those who do not understand the law, think otherwise. If you have light, you have options. If you have heat you have already done some work. This is true. If the body has plenty of heat, you are a healthy man, if the body has less heat you are not a healthy man. So, you have not worked much and you cannot expect. If your mind has plenty of light, you are healthy; if the light is low, there is some external reason, which has taken that light from you. You have to catch it up. Light comes from a world that does not stem from the physical world. In the physical world are given only conditions. Light comes from the causal world. I lead you to the thought that the success on Earth in any field depends on that correct notion. Since light is dependent on a higher world, on a more rational world, this rational world we call it the world of good. I take the word "good" because it is the most understandable to you. So I say: if you have no concept of the world of good, then the modern world and the current life will be spent with a line of breaks, in your youth, in your middle age and in your old age you will have different points of view. Each line that divides the circle into two equal parts is called diameter. It could be drawn in any direction. What are straight lines in a circle? They come in a law. And curved lines are running on a law. Laws of the straight lines are one and the laws of the curved lines are different. This circle what does it look like to? We will do a transfer. If you do not transfer the coal to heat, what would you use black coal for? And if you do not transfer the water and receive power from it, what would you use it for? This water produces electricity and light. Light, which is produced from water, it is the water itself. When that energy from the ether enters into the eyes, where does it form light? Is it outside or inside? This means transformed energy. Some energy enters the eyes from the Sun and transforms. And after it transforms, is there any manifestation of it? What goes out of us we call it "vision". But you perceive what is it? In this centre energies enter, something enters partly. And at the same time out of this center energies are going out. To form the light, to make this process occur, simultaneously from purely occult point of view, seven processes have occurred. Light at all does not come from the physical world. The light does not come and from the Sun that you see. It is still the same when you light a thing and fire is formed and a little light comes from the coal. But where has the light come from in this case? Where has the fire come from? It has come from the thought of this creature that has ignited the fire. For example, take the flint and tinder- box, you click, and by clicking the tinder ignites. Tinder tinderbox and flint do they understand something? No. But they make the fire. But fire is not actually coming from them So the light is coming from elsewhere. The energy of the Sun is used as a screen or a book, which reflects light. Because without this screen light will be invisible to us. And what is the screen in this case? Screen is the ether. In ether this light occurs, but this light is coming from elsewhere. From another world and manifests itself in the physical world. What is manifested in us and is lost, reality is not there. It is located in a transitional world. Suppose that every day you are changing. Then are you changed? Today you are happy and you are sad tomorrow. First you want to work, then you quit. For instance you say, "I do not want to learn," but on the second day you say: "I'll learn, I will learn." On the third day you say: "I will take an exam" On the fourth day you say: "I will not take the exam." Is there any reality in that? You have one creed and you say: "I believe there's a God." But then you say that there is no God. Where then is reality? Modern science says that light is produced by the vibration of the ether and forms a number of vibrations per second. I say light is not produced now, it's there forever, what they call vibrations of the ether; it is nothing else but a reflection of the light itself. It is said in the Scripture that God dwells in eternal unapproachable light. So, light and heat exist forever. What they consider oscillations, vibrations of light and heat, they are their reflections. Vibrations exist only in the reflections of the bodies and the objects. By itself, the light does not move, it is inert. Light is merciless - it drives all the things outdoors. In the world there is something greater than the light that people do not know. From the cosmos to the Earth are coming other light vibrations and when they come to the Earth, they are modified and is born that, the ordinary light. Behind the ordinary light sit other energies of higher genus, and behind the last is sitting something rational. The light does not go on a plane - there are small subtle variations. So, to be curled the ether should depend on something else, there should be a reason. This curl does not come from its own desire; it is not its nature. There is a reason stronger than the ether, which curls it. Curled is ether. Let me explain: when the weather is calm, the water is flat, if there is wind, there is a slight rocking of the water. If a boat sails in the sea, what would you notice? It goes up and down, swaying. From the movement of the boat that goes like this up and drops I conclude that there is a little rough sea. If the boat does not move like that, I think it is calm So when the light goes, there is something that excites ether. Therefore, it like the boat reaches us through motion. Sometimes there's something about the light that annoys you. The light is strong. The movement of this ether is sometimes more. Not always these waves are measured as learned people think. They are not right. Sometimes these gaps are deeper, sometimes shallower. Curling of the ether is not the same. It differs. Therefore the light that is transmitted to us, that is coming, it also differs. This movement of ether gives a boost of light - there is amplification of the movement of light. It has a completely different purpose. Space through which light moves - the ether - it has a little resistance. Light does not move in a straight line, but there are some oscillations up and down. Oscillations are the vehicles of light; it is carried by very fast vehicles. Light is not vibration, light is a living thing. Coming to you, it brings something nice, that you have ever expected. It brings all the goods in itself. It, on the vehicles it is coming, it will give you from the goods then it will leave. It says: "I will visit you again!" It constantly visits you. Knowing the laws of movement of light and the road that it runs until coming to the Earth, we can calculate in what time it will reach our eyes. In the vibrations of light is observed up and down. They make a full rotation of the beam, which consists of 800 trillion vibrations per each up and down. Maybe in a thousand years, scientists will see the movement of light and will be convinced that it goes in circles, but spiral. Light is a conductor of energy, but at the same time a light beam is conductor to another kind of energy. In this aspect, the sun ray is so material as the pipe material in flowing water is or as the wire through which electricity flows. If one square centimetre gathers 100 million waves of red light, you can calculate how many waves will be contained within one millimetre of the entire square centimetre. Moreover, between these waves there are empty spaces. I ask: can you measure how big is the distance from one wave to the other? As we observe light waves, they seem to us in the form of straight lines, but they are actually curves, wavy. The reason for this is that our eye is unable to perceive the slightest bending of light rays and as a result we see them right. It is a quality of conscious life. Sometimes refraction depends on consciousness. Some say that the sun rays are refracted. For light, passing through some medium, they say that "it has broken." Sunlight never breaks! Where there is light, there is shadow - shadows break. For if the sun's rays are refracted, if the rays can break, they will return to the sun and cannot achieve its objective. They say some rays have gone out 90 million years ago from a distant sun and arrive to the Earth. Then at how many places is there refraction? No, light is not refracted. Shadows break. Shadows have tolerance. Light has no deviation. It is metaphysical works. Are they true or not? They are true to those who understand are not true for those who do not understand. When light is refracted in a prism, it is very weak. Light cannot be broken. There is something broken in the light, but it is not light. Which is what breaks? It has bent. You say: "A man is bent." A man can you bend? Man never bends. His body has bent. Or they say that a man has deviated. This man who occupies no space - real man does not occupy any space - where could he deviate? Tell me, do, if something does not take over any space where could it deviate? It cannot deviate. It is without space. All spatial things deviate and bend, while the man who occupies no space, he cannot bend. Bends his body, bends the astral body, the mental body bends. Consciousness can be expanded, it may bend, but the real man, the one who achieves, he does not change. He changes everything, but he himself does not change. You cannot change him. He changes all. The idea is somewhat vague, right? We will serve with a drawing. Imagine a point moving in one direction. Can the point be bent? The road will bend, the way it walks will bend; the point does not bent. The line bends. So in a consciousness it bends works without being bent. Somewhere the road bends, changes, but it does not change. For if a man can change, his work is lost. However, he can bend his way to change his mind, but he himself cannot be amended. About the temperature of the Sun the scientists on the Sun can have a say. We know about it so far as its light and heat concern us. There's light and heat, which does not reach the Earth, it's so intense that sometimes passes through the Earth transit. Ordinary scientists think that the Sun sends all the light and heat, and it stays. The Sun sends, but somewhere on the Earth the network is not as thick and much of the energy runs out. And for this energy we even do not have a concept. Perhaps in the future the network will be finer, the Earth thickens and forms a new network, then there will be some radioactive forces that occur but we do not know them. There is a light that is emitted from the Sun and passes along the Earth, but we do not perceive it, and the more distant planets accept it. These are X rays, radioactive forces. There are some rays that pass through the Earth and leave. There is a light from the Sun, we cannot stop it, it makes no refraction; it just passes. About this light, we know nothing. About this world that gives us light, we know nothing. Light energy is again returned to the Sun. Any energy again returns to its source. Since sunrise to sunset the environment of things is constantly changing. In the morning the situation is one, at sunset is different. There are permanent changes. Where do these changes happen - in light or in outer objects? We notice that the light is either increasing, or decreasing. What is causing this? Who does not understand, he would say that the reason is in the light itself. It is not so. It does not depend on the light, but on those geometric angles that the light falls under and on the angles of reflection of light. Sometimes the Earth absorbs more heat and light, and sometimes fewer, resulting in the Earth sometimes being warmer, but sometimes colder. When it absorbs more light than heat, it becomes cold. When it absorbs more heat and less light, it becomes warmer. You can argue that the Earth sometimes absorbs more light and sometimes more heat, depending on the elements that it is composed. This issue is a big argument, how light is absorbed, whether it is absorbed by the Earth, etc. For me there is no dispute on this point: The Earth absorbs light. I note this fact on a number of observations made in this direction. For instance, sometimes man says he has light in his mind, but sometimes he says that there is not enough light in his mind. Outside is bright, the Sun shines, however you say there is no light. What is causing this? You say that the external conditions have absorbed light. No, your inert brain is ingested by light and consequently you are in darkness. What should you do to your brain inert? You have to exercise, to move it. The rays that are designed by certain power with their fall to the Earth, they stay there for many years, until the day comes to return to their father, from which they have come. Why do these rays come from God? It is because they have sinned. If they have not been sinful, you would not feel so hot and burning, but they would cause in gentle light and comfortable warmth. So those rays that have once fallen to the Earth no matter how bright they are and they have sinned. (...) These rays are alive and you are wondering how it is possible to live light! This question I will let you solve it. If you can accumulate sunlight! There are such rays that pass and go, and if you could stop them, poverty and diseases would have been long gone. You watch the Sun and you say "My heart has winced." One part of solar light energy reaching the limits of the solar system, returns, and another part that does not belong to the Sun goes into infinite limits. The light that comes from the Sun should pass through a line of transformers and when reaches the Earth, it descends to the bottom of the Earth, where it still goes through a line of processes, it is reformed. Therefore, the light from the Sun cannot reach the Earth such as it comes directly from the Sun. Then, when the light passes through the brain it also undergoes a line of transformations, or a line of processes. And there's a line of transformers that alter light. Sunlight that we take on the Earth is obtained by reflection. We accept light at certain time, but when that light has come out of the Sun, what has it suffered, we do not know. The same applies to the starlight. Through our eyes we perceive light of some star, but since how many years it has gone out of the star, what changes it has undergone, what refractions it has suffered, until it has reached us, we do not know.

Heat The temperature the does not at least prevent life. Because for the heat, the temperature at which a planet is, the reason is life. On life itself it depends. It is an environment that depends on life. Life produces heat. It cannot be lost, it cannot be decomposed. It produces heat, it is the master. Real life is the master of the heat. Therefore, in the solar system there are creatures, according to the design, to the nature of the planet itself. On the Earth there are people like us. The Earth is the lowest position to which man has descended. Someone complains that he is not happy. I say: "Who is happy? '" See - he says - the birds. "You have not studied the bird life. It looks like in our state that they are happy. But they have a certain philosophy. Perhaps the plants are happy because they do not pay any attention to the surrounding environment. They are awake only when the sun shines. If it warms them they smile a bit. They are constantly on the fun: when the sun warms them they start working, they begin to grow down as they become cold they start to grow up. So of the great heat they grow down as they become cold they grow up. You sit and say, "There is no coal, half a ton left, what to do?" You say: "Last night the temperature has fallen to 12 degrees below zero, we have trembled a lot, we have no wood." Someone says, "You should believe." "With faith it does not go" I, sometimes when I am cold, I take an aerial hundred kilometres up, the heat flows, I sit, I warm. Is it not that the heat is coming from the Sun, from 92 million miles? The heat is coming permanently. It sends so much warmth, and wood and coal sends, where you put them, I do not know. Someone who does not understand the laws of nature, to him it is seen that there is a game in nature, a combination, a coincidence. They will explain that one flow is warm and the other cold. But this is partly true. Behind a hot flow and behind a cold flow there are two opposite reasons that act. Cold flow naturally is formed by creatures who think in one way and the warm flow is formed by creatures who think in a different way. They differ. They say that the greatest cold could be 270 degrees. No, there is cold of a thousand degrees. And there is cold of ten thousand degrees. We are at variance with modern scholars. Some scientists say that if it comes to 270 degrees cold, the entire universe would disappear. There has been a time when in winter water has not been freezing. Since the water has started freezing life has changed. You say: the water freezes at 0 degrees. Researchers have not yet completely resolved this issue. They say that water freezes when reducing its heat. So ice lacks heat. Cold is hidden heat. You want to have warmth only. If you want to have always warmth, you should descend to the centre of the Earth. There you will never catch a cold. But what culture will you have in the centre of the Earth? No! Culture is on the surface of the Earth where changes between heat and cold happen properly. The heat works inside, cold outside. The heat works on the inside, the cold - outside. Is not it right that the Earth is cold on the outside, but is warm inside? The Sun is warm on the outside, inside is cold. Now, as I speak, by "cold" what do I mean? Cold is a powerful force in which all the power is consumed. There is no condition to develop heat. When cold you can produce heat, if you know the law. For instance, let's serve with an explanation. Take a grenade, which is cool. This grenade after being discarded out of the barrel of a gun, if you put a resistance to that speed, which it moves at when hit, it immediately gives heat. The energy that the cold moves with is enormous. If you get into the space, you will not find warmth. You will find such a low temperature that no life could exist. But this space where the great cold exists, there are spread the energies of nature. And extreme the heat and it is controversial. And even now, you can make experiments to use of energy in nature. Someone complained that his clothes were very thin, resulting in catching cold. One winter I made the following experiment: it was one of the coldest winters, but I bought a thin cloth and I made of it a coat with no lining, and I did not have even buttons. So I wore it in a cold, 25 degrees below zero, without feeling any cold. Instead, I felt pleasantly warm with it. Many thought I was cold, that I would catch cold with this thin coat. Who does not know the law, he can "rise" with this garment. To deal with it in the bitter cold, he should concentrate his thoughts, feelings and focus his will and use the energy in space. By doing this experiment, you will see that this is a reality. There is a law in the world: you can get a thin silk fabric, it may be half a millimetre thick, or one-tenth of a millimetre, and in this fabric to spend a magnetic force. This fabric, which you can carry in your pocket, if you put it on top it will be such a beautiful quilt that you will be safe. Now your quilts you cannot take them anywhere, they weigh a lot, some 56 kg. And when you sleep for some time in fluff or wool, it cannot keep you warm. I say: you can have one magnetic garment in which life is running. Magnetic dress is the one that permanently draws the forces of life. There, where man has life he is always warm. There, where life starts to go away, man is always cold. Whoever loves is always warm. Those who begin to hate they are always cold. You, who want to make your life longer, try not to hate anyone. Make the experience for 34 years: every day do not get angry. Make this experience and you will get younger. To be angry, you have to understand what the basic laws that reign the world are. Outside there could be cold of about 25 - 30 degrees, but if you have in yourself an idea of Love, the vibrations of this idea are able to balance the external temperature with the inside and you will not feel any cold. From these high vibrations in your blood will become such tension that you will feel no cold. Now people tremble of low cold. If it comes to 5 degrees cold, they begin to tremble. Besides the warmth of the physical body there is another that cannot be measured. It is the essential warmth of life, which is not physical. It is soft, comfortable warmth and equals to thousands of degrees. This heat is so strong that it can melt those elements of matter which do not melt at any other heat. It decomposes matter and reforms it. Modern scientists know that the human body temperature is 36 to 37 degrees. Physical heat of the man is 37 degrees, but when talking about spiritual heat, it is very high. Moreover, the relationship between the physical and the spiritual heat is inversely proportional: when spiritual heat is reduced, the physical increases; when spiritual heat increases, the physical reduces. This is tested with several experiments. People who become conduits for the spiritual world, toes and hands get cold. In nature there is no uniform heat. You say that light and heat are coming from the Sun, don't you? Why is the space through which the heat comes not warmed? The Earth has more heat than the space. The Earth has heat, but the space has cold. So these rays do not focus. The energy of the Sun passing through the space is not focused. When it comes to the Earth, breaking occurs and this breaking is heat. It meets resistance on the Earth; in space it is not focused. How hard it is to write about the Sun, the Moon, about Venus, about Mars, about Jupiter, about Saturn, about the inhabitants the Sun etc! Above all, a contradiction will appear - can these creatures live on the Sun? We imagine that they are similar to us. They can live on the Sun, but this does not imply that these creatures will be found under the same conditions in which we live on Earth. They do not have bodies like our bodies. Here, in these conditions now on the Earth are known genus microbes that can live at temperatures of about 2,000 degrees. What would you say about this? Our initial matter, the matter of our initial life cannot be destroyed even at temperatures of 45 million degrees. Only the outer shell, which wraps life, only it melts. However, there is an inner shell, which by no means can be affected by these heat waves. The heat cannot penetrate this shell. We have a vague notion of this heat. Even the heat that exists in the Earth, no matter how high it is, it is partial, not total heat. When you rise up in space there is no such heat. Heat is hidden in space. There is some other energy there. If you are a genius and you get into space, there is enough energy that you can use. Which people have more warmth? Healthy have less warmth sick have more. If someone gets sick, at first, suffers from an abundance of warmth. All the treatment comes down to reducing the warmth slightly. From the wealth of warmth the ill people suffer, while the healthy sometimes suffered from shortage of warmth. Some healthy people have to get sick to become healthier. A healthy man who is deprived of warmth, to become stronger, should be given more warmth to pass through the belt of the disease. It is because the disease is a valley. In ascending and descending there is a healthy ascent and a painful ascent, there is a healthy descent and a painful descent. Man to become stronger should acquire some warmth. Now you will translate what perspiration means: in one aspect to sweat is good, while in the other it is a bad. In some cases, if you sweat through the sweat the pores of the body open - the skin breathes and these impurities are thrown out. But through sweating large part of your normal bodily warmth is reduced, it leads to shrinking of the capillary vessels; the blood circulation is not proper man gets cold and immediately begins to feel the chill. Large part of the warmth is lost when sweating. What should you do? And if you drink one or two cups of cold water, you will get into trouble. Drinking of warm water is required to restore the normal heat. This is in the physical world. Such cooling is often the case in the mental or the spiritual world. If you love someone, you will sweat. And if you sweat and you do not drink warm water, then you will become ill. You have been ill of love, don't you? You fall in love with someone and you catch cold. The fire which has come down from above, from the Sun, has created our Earth, it has created our bodies. This fire has put thoughts and desires in us. The fire that destroys is rough fire. In modern science such experiments have been carried out: if a man is subjected to an electrical current of 2,000 volts, he will die. However, if subjected to the action of a current of 20,000 volts and up he will refresh and clean without burning. Physicists explain it with the size of the molecules of electricity. They say the current molecules of 2,000 volts are so great that by going through the tissues of the human body, they destroy them and kill man. Molecules of current of 20P50 thousand volts are very small and consequently pass freely through the tissues of the human body, massaging them and instead of causing harm to man, they refresh and purify him. So there are several types of heat, light and electricity which influences in a different way to organisms. The smaller the particles of those energies are, the more beneficial is their influence on the human body. They refresh, clean and build the matter. Physical burns heat, but the heat and light that is produced by human feelings and thoughts affect the body in beneficial or destructive way. It depends on their vibrations: the higher they are and the greater the number of the vibrations is the more beneficial is their effect on the human body. Many people suffer from neurasthenia, due to the heat produced by some kind of feeling in the back of the brain. This heat is harmful and affects the gastric system and on the lungs. Treating these people is going through conversion of heat energy into magnetism, which raises the body's life force. There are doctors dealing with magnetic that release man of the damaging the body heat. Water taken in homeopathic doses, plays an important role in this healing. If it goes in that way to the brain, it reduces the burning and heals the sick.

Forms In order to manifest, the great principle of life should take any form corresponding to its striving and its movement. Under the words "''movement" and "striving" I mean two different ideas: striving - this is an inner rational impulse and movement - this is the physical side of things. Forms in nature are a storehouse of energy that has yet to be studied. Each shape represents a limited space, a space that might be limited. Each lower space can be limited by the higher. The more rational man is, the space expands; the more stupid he is, the space is reduced. In my opinion the body of a creature determines its intelligence. A microbe takes a very small space and the rationality is small. As the intelligence in it increases, do not think about an increase in quantity, but an increase in organic and in mental aspect, and the intelligence increases. Matter can be conductor of energy, but it itself is not energy. Through the matter passes heat, electricity and light energy. Now scientists claim that what we call matter and what we see and what is positive is only a form of matter, this means form of energy. Therefore a man of matter, this means a material person can disappear from the matter and remain a man of energy. Do you know what a man he would be then? Wherever he goes he would destroy everything. Indeed, wherever passes the energy destroys everything. Therefore, if the spirit was in the flesh, it would destroy everything. You say, "How can a spirit cause such damage? Is the spirit not something sensible? "What things are reasonable? Who is a rational man? Rational is who can tame the untameable, a rational man is who can tame the strong, rational is he who can tame angry, greedy, rational is the one who can turn death into life. Misunderstood life produces misunderstood death, understood life produces understood death. Understood death is the mother of life and misunderstood death absorbs life. Someone says, "He got sick." Once sick, he you will become well. Cured will get sick. I am not saying that he would be sick forever, for some time he will get sick. I say sick, will recover. "Bad man has become." He will become good. "He has failed." He will pass the exam "He is ignorant." He will become a scholar. "Little's" He will grow. He says: "Man is an ant." There is a chance for him to become an elephant, because all forms of nature that exist, it is an alphabet, it is a way how to live. The ant is a good example of that it is small, it satisfies with little. So, when the ant is satisfied with less, it is possible for me. When I want less, I will look at the ant. When I look at how an elephant is eating, and my wish could be like the one of the elephant, at the present conditions of eating it is difficult to satisfy an elephant. In nature, they want to show that in favourable conditions you will become great, in unfavourable conditions you should be small; you should get out of the way. I'm talking about conscious life put in you. It has its origin. Under the "origin" of life I mean this form through which it is manifested. You ask: "What has derived the form of life from?" It has derived from formless. So the form has derived from the formless, named from the nameless, finite from the endless. So, it is the form that appeared first, and then its name. When the eternal or the infinite has determined, then the finite things occurred. Which is finite? The formed one is. It is associated with formless, with endless. Named is associated with nameless. Is there any contradiction in this? In my opinion there is no contradiction. Everything is understood, when formed, named and limited. In this aspect, earthly life is formed, named and bounded, this means finite. Under the "finite" I do not understand that life of the Earth is over. These are philosophical thoughts that need to think about for long. Many want to get into the formless world. This is a misunderstanding of life. If in God from the eternity there is an unending desire to create a form, name and end things, are we smarter than Him, to strive to become formless, nameless and endless? This is the insanity that causes human suffering. The people's wish is when they commit a crime by making it lose its shape, not to know its name and limit it. This is not life; these are anomalies, deviations from real life. These are small water droplets that deviate from the general course of life. I do not mind deviations. It is important to know that your life has derived from the infinite. What present finite and what endless? Finite is what a person does, endlessly what God is doing. Finite works come from endless. Real life is what can be felt. There are three types of touching in the world: one is touching the shadows. For instance, you can touch the frozen water and to build a notion of it that it is hard, it's cold. You will have a special term for it and you will say: the water qualities are that it is hard and cold. However, it is neither property nor water quality, this is an exception, it is a coincidence. But the exceptions and coincidences are laws of rational creatures. Any rational creature, when wanting to show anywhere in the world, will produce a coincidence or an exception. Now, some of you may on logical basis say: "Why should it be like that?" If you cannot divert the solar beam from its right track, you cannot explore it. Each shade in life, this is a deviation from its right beam. Every thought in order to explore it, you have to deviate. And every sense you have to deviate too. In nature there are rational laws according to which things might be applicable or not applicable. Which things are applicable? What to man is applicable, to the ox is inapplicable. Why? Because no ox has the form that man has. The life that the animals have applies for the ox. Ox cannot have the form and life of man. The form determines life. At first man should know what he can do in the form that is given to him The form is an option. Each function is manifested in a certain form. In conscious or rational life form gives rise to any idea. When we talk about an angel in our mind an idea is born, relevant to the form. When we talk about man as a form it creates in us relevant idea as well. So, all the forms of the physical world produce relevant ideas in the mental world that correspond exactly to the shapes. However, in the physical world it is not like that. In a beautiful form can be poured poison, might be poured and nectar as well. The form does not always correspond to the content. In the Divine world it is just the opposite: content poured into shape, corresponds always to its meaning. In other words: in the Divine world between form, content and meaning there is always a close relationship. They provoke each other according to the law of association. Therefore, when talking about rational life, we mean application of the laws. They are applied only at absolute purity. What presents purity? It is environment in which the forms move with less resistance. As the resistance is higher, so the deviation is greater. This defines the relationship between action and counteraction. That is why our ideas and conceptions of life are different. If you increase your virtues, you should know the direction of the increase. Increasing goes like that. (The teacher draws a circle.) The round things increase. You have a centre in the middle, and reproduction, it goes out of the radius. In geometry we are given what radius is, what is diameter. You have simple explanations. The energy comes of a figure of a circle, of an ellipse. In nature you have no circles. There you have spirals. To resolve the surface of the circle you should solve the entire spiral. This spiral is running. You already have a complex task. To solve the surface of the circle is a very difficult job. You have to take into account thousands of things. In the organic world there are no mechanical processes. There, each cell, each atom, each ion should be in harmony with other cells, atoms and ions. For instance, if an atom of iron and an atom of gold enter the body of a man they have to be in harmony with all other atoms of the elements that make up the body. In the organic realm all atoms of the same element differ. For example, one atom of iron is different from another atom of iron, if the first has passed only through the mineral kingdom, and the second has also passed through the mineral, but also through the plant kingdom Those atoms of iron that have passed through the mineral, the herbal and through the animal kingdom differ culturally from the first two. The same is valid for the food we eat. For instance, if you take food, the atoms of which have passed only through the mineral kingdom, then these atoms lack the necessary culture and development, this food will have harmful influence on your body. Currently minerals perform great service in life, they serve as instruments of nature; they crystallise matter and are the centre of some kind of forces. After them come the plants, which in their turn prepare the live matter in nature. Then the animals that process a specific kind of matter come, while finally it comes to man. Man even makes the matter of thoughts and feelings of which will benefit the sublime creatures. In this aspect, people are in a factory for socks, where materials for clothing and footwear for the rational future generation are prepared. So contemporary culture and modern people prepare that matter, the future advanced souls will prepare their bodies of. Do not think that beautiful forms are easily created. This requires billions of years. The matter for the beautiful forms is taken from the stars and the planets. This requires millions of years. When I say that the stars are of great importance for the creation of beautiful forms on the Earth, many look at this as a simple job. They say: "This work is in vain!" For them it is in vain, for us it is not. The sigh of people is a real thing to us, that we hear them from thousands of kilometres away, and for the deaf they are unreal, distant things. This difference is due to hearing: some people have highly developed hearing, and other underdeveloped or do not hear at all. Perfect, invariable, constant must always be away from us, so that we cannot reach it either with our hands or with our mind because everything we touch with our hands, we spoil it. Be sure that anything that we can touch with our minds, it breaks. The substantive work by the mind does not spoil but could be spoiled by your hands, but there are other forms that are destroyed by the mind. If you shine at the Sun, there is no risk to anyone, no evil the Sun has ever done. But if you have the sunlight concentrated in a candle, that candle can make thousands of evils. With this candle you can read a good book, but it can ignite an entire city, 100 barns and thousand houses. So, some say: "Let me have the sunlight!" The sunlight of which sun you want to have? That ignites? And how you want it - from far or from close? And I think that anyone who carries a candle that brings the light of the Sun closely, he is a dangerous man. This is my conclusion, these are my thoughts justified by a great inner law.

Spirit and Matter Some say that the flesh is not necessary to man. If really flesh has not been necessary to man, what need has had the spirit to be put in the flesh? If the spirit is clothed with flesh, then the flesh has a certain place and service. It has its place, but its place should be found, its service should be understood. The flesh is the life preface, this means that life begins with the flesh. It is the soil; it is the first condition in which life can occur. As an idea does not take any form until it is embodied it cannot be clear. This idea remains abstract to us and we cannot think about it. Therefore, at first we start with objective learning, which means with the doctrine of forms, which is nothing else but embodied ideas. Therefore, from these embodied, tangible forms we gradually pass to the abducted forms, the forms of the spiritual world that is far from us in form. The difference between the flesh and the spirit lies in their vibrations: the flesh has one sort of vibrations, and the spirit - entirely different. The same thing is seen in music. Musical tones are distinguished from one another by their vibrations. This means that each tone has its own specific vibrations, by which is recognised. To properly grasp a ton you should know its vibrations. Man cannot know exactly how many vibrations a ton has, but can recognise its format. What is the difference between flesh and spirit? You mix the notions. Matter does not produce contradictions in life. You say: "material life", but you always understand flesh. You confuse the concept of 'flesh', this, which is embodied in the matter. The idea of the matter is quite different. In religion and in the new philosophy, as they understand the matter, it is a misconception. In the matter there is no contradiction! Let us say, you can run into a stone. Where is the contradiction in the stone or in you? Or if someone takes a stone hits you. You think that the stone is the reason, because it has blown your head. You do not understand - it is not at all reason to hit you in the head. Someone has thrown the stone and it has hit you in the head. You say that the stone is the cause, but this is not true. The contradiction is in the flesh. In nature there are no contradictions, but we ourselves create them. How? Part of the matter which God has given us, we cannot manage it, so we create evil. All the sins have their beginning in the matter. Every sin has a form. Show me one sin that has no form For someone they say that he is selfish. What is his selfishness in? He wants to have a home, money, to dominate his wife, etc. For some people say that they are greedy, they hate people, etc. All the sins have their material form. By smoothing out all the bad forms the sin will disappear. Consequently worst forms create evil, so it is recommended to the people to create beautiful forms. Materialists take the matter for granted and thus build. Others take God for granted. The ones and the others are on the wrong side. God and matter do not exist in this way as we think. External manifestations of matter are not matter. For example, if you turn a light bulb, it forms a circle of light, but it does not exist. We are for twinning between idealism and materialism There is physical, spiritual and divine world. Christianity is a harmony between the physical and spiritual laws. What is subject? The complex of sensations, it is subject. There are all sorts of claims about the matter. Some call matter the slightest movement and the fastest - spirit. So where is the contradiction? But that still does not explain. The slightest movement is not the matter and the fastest is not spirit. Is it not that in the material world are hidden treasures? Matter is what unites things. Matter is the pregnancy of ideas. Many ideas are embedded in the matter Reproduction is still in the matter. If there is no matter the reproduction would not be possible. Neither form could be created. Matter is what surrounds the spirit and makes it clear to us. The spirit is what gives the price of the matter. The matter gives the spirit the possibility to manifest, to show some form. Positivists ask what matter is. How will you determine? Consciousness is a form of matter. I say: when appeared the centre in the circle, the universe became pregnant, at which point the dot moved round and split in half. With this self-identification the Universe has given birth to the first woman, who has been the first to divide the world. So, the one half of the Earth has become bright and the other half dark - of the second wife. The man has got angry with the woman who divided the world and therefore today he illuminates only one half - the part that he loves. These two women are chasing, but he always illuminates only that part of the woman he loves. The woman who enjoys, is called day and night is called the one who is angry. Or in other words: a woman who is happy is the highest Manas, or the day, but that which is angry, is lowly situated manas or night. These two angles are both women. Why man has two arms, two legs, the brain is a double, a double lung, heart is double, etc.? It is divided, because there are two women. You say: "Then get out of the pair." No need to get out of the pair but we should understand its essence. According to me, the matter is a reflection of the spirit. Matter is still a woman. Modern scientists are trying to explain what the matter is, but have not been able to determine its nature. Matter itself is inert reality. It contains everything in itself, but cannot be expanded. Scientists say that matter is expanding, but actually matter does not expand. I will explain this idea with the following example. Imagine that you develop a roll of canvas. You say: "Expand this canvas." I ask: what new has this roll of canvas acquired in its developing? Nothing new has acquired. Therefore from physical point of view, when matter expands, this implies that there are some new features introduced. If no new features have been added to it, it does not expand. The whole cosmic world, the matter that the current space is created of is a backward energy from thousands and millions of spaces which existed in the past. Matter, which was abandoned by the creatures who have worked then, is now used. From thousands and millions cosmoses the creatures have left and their desires, thoughts and actions in this matter. The present matter, these are asleep spirits that need to be awakened. In the matter there is unity - the only change can happen in the forms. Matter can be propagated in its forms. But in terms of quantity remains the same not more, nor less. If we come to terms with the forces of nature, in the force can be applied and qualitative differences. The intensity of the force can be increased. A force could act with greater movement, another with less. If we come to man, the rational law is still the same. We are not able to give anything to the rational. But we can enhance rationality. Distinguishing features between matter and spirit are: matter does not expand, but the spirit is not divisible. Once the spirit is clothed in matter, the latter has a desire to invade, to divide it. Consequently, the desire of the matter to invade the spirit, among them appears struggle. Similarly, the wolf when catches a sheep begins to divide it into the pieces in order to obsess it. When man puts food in his mouth, and he divides into small pieces. Why does he divide it? He wants to take from it what is needed for his body. This is the reason for the fight between the two giants in the world - the spirit and the matter. The matter wants to invade, to divide the spirit, and the spirit wants to get rid of it. The same thing we see in each man: he feels restricted, wants to escape. And you will hear everyone complaining that Ivan or Petko or Dragan embarrassed him No, no one can shy, but matter restricts the spirit, and it struggles to get free. First of all you should know that the matter has covered all space, so that there is no place for anyone. If there is no empty space in matter, then where a man will enter? To get rid of the embrace of the matter, the spirit uses a trick - it creates another form and dresses in it again. The matter says: "I achieved to divide the spirit." It again starts to obsess the spirit by aiming to break this new egg, in order to see what special lies in this new form. If the matter manages to break the egg, a state occurs that is called death. At death the spirit is released again, again creates a new form and so the fight between it and the matter continues uninterruptedly. The good side of this fight is that the matter forces the spirit constantly to create new forms more and more sophisticated. Therefore, the modern human form is created from the spirit and individuality of the spirit is created by matter. The matter, when failed to divide the spirit, at least has individualised it. The spirit, as has been individualised falls into deception to think that matter is extended and therefore says, "I wield life." Everyone thinks that can alter matter, but whatever they do with it, it still remains the same matter, that will slide out of your hands. Man cannot become the master of the great in himself, of the matter which is not expandable. Expansion is a quality of the spirit. Only the spirit can expand, in the matter which is inert in nature, there is no expansion. When the spirit enters into the matter it brings life. The matter without the spirit is dead. When the spirit enters into a form, according to the laws, that it knows, it strives to renew the matter, to make it plastic, comfortable. So: when matter prevails, death is born; when the spirit prevails, eternal life is born. The prevailing state of matter creates death because the matter has desire to constantly pile, to collect. Death always results from the prevailing state of matter. (...) Or from spiritual aspect we call this condition interruption of communication with God. If a man doubts, he will immediately find himself in the death process. At the slightest doubt in God, the death already puts its origin; it means that the matter has taken prevail over the spirit. So, who wants to become a strong, powerful, not only outwardly, but inwardly and to give sense to his life, he should presume deep in his soul absolutely no doubt. For this people heroes are required. Doubt can come from the outside, but at the same time man has to distinguish in himself two states: a state constant, invariably as God is invariable; another state - fickle, as man amends. And then the sensitive man will experience the human state. If a sensitive man enters among people who want to become rich, in him will appear desire for wealth, if he enters among people who want to become musicians, and with him will appear the same desire. (...) However, he should know that this does come from deep of his soul. These are accumulations, deposits in the mind that come from outside somewhere. When you are healthy - you have a pretty good disposal, when you are sick - you have completely other disposal. You want to be satisfied, but you are not satisfied. Who and how comes - you feel crooked. On what depends this? It depends on this, unorganised matter. There is another constant matter - clean. This is the matter that brings life inside itself. In this aspect the matter is manifested life. What you can see, feel, sense, touch - it presents the real life. That life that is not at all manifested, what is it? Whatever the idea is, no matter how spiritual the essence that manifests is - there is still a matter in it. Do not mix the flesh! Some explain that this is inferior life. Inferior life contains unorganised matter. Higher life contains this constant matter. If we live well, we gain from this matter. If your bodies are made of it, you would not be ill. There are creatures that have such bodies that have become immortal. We still strive for immortality. Small causes can deprive us of life. If your heart stops or if you stop breathing - that is a little reason. Or a little reason is to lose your consciousness. Life does not lie in many but in little. The conditions that we are now living in, the greater body presents access ballast for man that he should handle. If we compare the body weight of an angel, we will see that of the human body can be made at least a thousand angels. But the angel with its small body is so powerful that it can carry all the mankind on its back, while man can hardly carry himself only. Man can hardly lift 100 kilograms with his hand while an angel can lift one billion people with its hand. The power of man is in his spirit. When the spirit is incarnated in matter, it rarefies because it has no notions of infinite space, it has no aspirations. So when we say that matter does not expand, we mean that it has no idea about any endeavour. It is essentially dormant. When a person is well fed, he feels some pleasure from it and starts to sleep. A nap, a sleep, these are states specific to the matter. Proud tunnels do. Thanks to them all tunnels have been made. There is an anecdote: our world has been created by sublime creatures. They have been dealing with many questions and they have been dissatisfied with the invisible world, they have descended and they have created the material world. All the contradictions that exist in the material world come from their discontent. Now the matter that we are moving in is their work. We perceive their discontent. When we eat bread we fall in their dissatisfaction and we become dissatisfied. Half of the world has been created by them Modern biologists fall into dogmatism regarding the problem of life. They have taken cell protoplasm, they have blown it like soup bubble until they have taken man out of it No, man does not come out of the cell like the hen does not come out of the egg. That statement might look contradictory, but it is a fact. It's funny if a man goes down of a carriage and imagines that has come out of the carriage He goes in and out of the carriage but he has not originated from it. On the same grounds the hen has not originated from the egg, but it has temporarily been on vacation in there. It sits hidden in the egg like in a bomb. When the bomb bursts, the hen goes out of it. Then they say that the hen has come out of the egg. To say such a thing, it is equivalent to saying that plants come from the earth. Plants are growing in the earth, but have not come out of it. I ask: where from life comes? Let me ask you a question implying that I have mechanical concept of life. Life does not come from anywhere. Wherever the spirit dwells, there life manifests as an uninterruptible process, like a constant flow. Wherever the spirit prevails, there life is running. In The Scripture it is said: "Send His Spirit, and they come to life, take off His Spirit, and they die." Therefore, life is distinguished by the extent to which the spirit manifests in our bodies. Each mountain peak corresponds to some centres; they correspond to some positions of the Sun. Any changes that happen on the Earth depend on the changes of the Sun, but the changes of the Sun are quite different from those on the Earth. Matter is subject to permanent changes. As soon as the matter amends, simultaneously amends the rational life. In solid matter forces go to the centre, that is why they are solid. In liquid matter the movement is to the surface. In air form state we have an expansion, going out of the centre outward. And in light we are far from the centre, from which we have come out. Therefore light after traveling for a long time, it will lose something of itself. How are distinguished a solid, a soft body and a liquid body? Solids have great pressure from outside. All bodies that are solid the outside pressure on them is very high and they take less space. So solids come from economies in space. When we want to economise space, we can make things solid. When we have a lot of space, then we resort to liquid bodies. Liquid bodies easily adapt to external conditions. The term "solid" means what cannot be divided. Anything that cannot be divided is solid. Anything that can be divided is soft. Not sustainable. So, we understand that, the initial, the invariable indivisible is solid. Plasticity is still a quality the matter for rolling from one place to another. Then the theory is preached that a solid particle has properties inside and qualities to become liquid without losing its solidness and become in air form without losing its liquid. How can you know? You sometimes say: "He is a soft man." But compare a man who is soft and the one that is hard - what do they differ in? And the one is solid, and the other is solid, and the one has bones, and the other one has, and the one has muscles and the other has muscles and yet you say that the one is hard and the other one is soft. What then this hardness is due to? So in a good man there is little solid matter, very little. And in the physical man it is a lot. These are now statements only, they are not justified. Solid state of matter takes up the least space, the liquid matter takes more space, gas even bigger and the ether - an even greater. In liquid matter the molecule plays an important role in the gas - the atom, the ion in the ether. Remember the words: electrons, protons, neutrons and positrons and think about them to see what ideas will be born in your mind. Think, but do not tell the others to see what ideas to whom will be born in his head. Electron is what multiplies. Proton is what keeps things by force in itself. Neutron is what keeps connection, the bridge between opposing forces in the world. Positron is what deals with accounts, with taking, with giving. Now the matter is more responsive, when the human spirit has descended, the matter has been in an involution condition, it has not been so stable. Material things are unorganised. The whole material world must be transformed. This state of matter in which you are now should be changed, should be reorganised. Matter should become more flexible, more accessible. Now it is very tough, it is not susceptible. As an idea comes, you cannot move it, it stays at one place. It seems that this is the ultimate result, but it is not. Fire, sufferings are nothing else, but transformation, softening of the solids in the human body. Because the mental, the spiritual world do not tolerate any compounds. All the elements in the air are not in compounds. Therefore matter in the mental world should be free, not in a compound state. Only then that sublime, noble and free thought will be born in us. Comets are thousands of times greater in volume than the Earth is, but the matter is so fine that is one ten thousandth of the weight of the Earth the matter is ten thousand times thinner than that of the Earth. In the spiritual world matter is extremely rare, that is why things are transmitted quickly. Modern scientists say that matter is homogeneous. This is 50% true. Uniformity cannot bear variety. If there was heterogeneity in the colours of their uniformity could not be born anything. What is variety? These are all necessary forms in which being, life must occur. Life can occur in only one form, and manifests in an endless forms line. When these forms combine and give expression to a greater form, we say that life is uniform, which means that all forms have the same desire to manifest a sublime form. This great shape is homogeneous, but that does not mean that it is unique, there are forms that come together to create other worlds. By studying nature, we see that there is this great law of uniformity and diversity. All the bodies are made of different matter. Two bodies identical in form and shape, vary in matter. Two stars, two suns apparently identical, differ radically in matter. This explains the great difference that exists among the people, between the planets and between all the bodies in general. There is an absolutely rational process, a rational environment, a matter that has inside immunity. It is subject to another law. It does not function in nature. It is not subject to any chemical decompositions; it does not decompose. In itself it is organised. It organises without being organised; it decomposes, without being decomposed. Since ancient times all scientists have been looking for this particular matter, the initial material and if they find it with it they will yield eternal life. So, on this matter depends the length of the human life. The base of Heaven is Love. When you enter in heaven you will enter into that eternal light, where there are no shadows. There the sun never sets. Some say that the world is only one state. Yes, it is a state, but it is also one place. They say: "Where is that world?" When we talk about the Spirit, any spirit, and it as well has a material wrapping around it. Matter in which it resides and works in terms of its existence is more dense that the matter on the Earth. You, like humans, will see nothing, but the spirits can see that there is another land with a matter that does not rotten, where there is no darkness. Our material differs in that its colour is coated with a black, with dark red hues. While we are here, under these conditions, there can be no peace. When focusing on the new psychology I share the thoughts of positive and negative. Also share the feelings of positive and negative. If we come up to the deeds, we also divide them to positive and negative. Then I come to another division: positive good deeds and negative good deeds, positive bad deeds and negative bad deeds. The same division exists in terms of thinking: there are positive good thoughts and negative good thoughts, positive bad thoughts and negative bad thoughts. When from comes evil in the world? It comes from improper joining of these thoughts and actions. Just as the world has been created, a negative thought can be united with a positive bad thought. It's inevitable. And a good positive thought can unite with one negative thought. This forms a compound other than the first. Sometimes a good positive thought can be united with a good negative thought. Therefore, to live well, man should understand the law of unity, because there are two variations. If he does not understand this law, without meaning to, he can commit a crime. We see when these crimes happen. When he falls in love with money, man becomes positive. In money there is certain energy that attracts the human mind. Gold contains certain energy that attracts the energy of the brain and thus a compound is formed. When loving money man loves the energy contained in them. This energy provokes in him specific feelings and he becomes greedy. There are children grasping, greedy, so the parents should treat them To cure them of this their weakness they should join a positive good thought with one negative good thought. And then, instead of wanting gold, that child will begin to be interested in the knowledge that has created gold. Who knows the law to join one positive good thought with a negative good thought, he can transform iron or lead, or silver into gold. Gold can be propagated, it grows as apples and pears grow on trees. With the growth and maturation of the fruit there is an order of chemical processes. In this respect, the fruit is a laboratory. When we talk about Love as a fruit of the Spirit, we understand the ultimate limits the fruit has reached in its development. Love is a transformer of the Divine world. The Spirit sits behind Love. It is a great, powerful force. If there is no Love in the world nothing can evolve. Therefore Love is the fruit of the Spirit. All forms that exist in the world, the Sun, the Earth, the stars, the planets, these are energies; this means the result of the energies that exist in nature. Matter or substance presents what gives these forms the possibility to be formed. To form one body, this energy must necessarily be reduced. The temperature of this energy is very high. According to some scholars, it is equal to the number 20 exponent to 62 degrees. How many and what kind of matter could withstand such temperatures? Let the mathematicians calculate to how many degrees equals this temperature. Wherever you go in nature, such temperature does not exist. According to scientific data, not more than 2 billion of degrees of warmth exist in nature. Such heat as the number 20 exponent to 62 degrees does not exist. It is assumed that this temperature is the highest that can be reached, but so far this is not known.

Pressure and Tension The Earth does not move in an empty space, there is a great power in space, which is so powerful that holds the Earth and all the other worlds in balance. Imagine that the Earth travels in a vacuum in the ether, in a matter that is a thousand times less dense than hydrogen. Therefore hydrogen compared with that matter, will look like mud. Now imagine the Earth that is billions of cubic meters of heavy travelling in this rare material, such as the ether, in a vacuum, then this huge Earth moving at a breakneck speed in this vacuum Also the Sun, which is a million and a half times greater than Earth moves in this rare material. Who holds these huge bodies on what are they held in this vacuum, can you tell? With such wonderful phenomena you wonder at the human inventions! I answer to this question: only the thought, only the mind keeps these huge bodies in the vacuum. All the nature, the entire eternity, all the space is permeated with mind and thought. Therefore, the idea supports the Earth and Sun and the stars, and all the people. It keeps everything in life and in the universe. While looking at nature, I see that it is full of dynamic forces that are transplanted. In the future scientists will study the transplantation law. Energy can be transplanted into the human body like you can graft a cherry or a peach or a plum or any other plant. This energy can be either good or bad, either in ascending or in descending degree. Some of you have had this experience. Until some time you are very gentle, humble, good, but after a while your character is amended, you become nervous, irritable and you wonder what has happened to you. You ask yourself: "Why my character has changed?" Grafted upon you is a negative energy. Then you say: "What should I do?" You should break off this branch from your mind and your heart, so that the Divine in you can freely grow. Thus can also be transplanted the Divine energies on the bad man. If you graft a Divine branch on a bad man, he will become good. According to the graft on man you can tell if he is good or bad. If on a man, a good-looking one, you flip the graft and he gets worse, then just the graft has been Divine, and his nature, his overlay is bad. If you tear off the graft of a bad man and he becomes good, then the graft has been bad and the overlay good. Therefore, there are two types of overlays in man: one is good, the other bad. Bad overlays sometimes can be grafted with good graft and good overlays can be grafted with bad graft. It is psychologically true. We can attempt to modify the nature of man. Fathers and mothers want to educate their children, but they do not know how, they do not understand the law of the transplant. There is a negative force in nature. All these forces that take the natural warmth of the man bring disease. All the forces that bring warmth to people bring health. So, sometimes you fall under a negative force that takes your warmth then the state of illness comes. If you come to that region of the positive forces that are in harmony with you, you bring health. In this aspect this is the science of health. Man should be in harmony with nature mentally and spiritually. The spiritual aspect concerns the heart. The physical aspect concerns the body. When man is connected to the three worlds: with the positive forces of the mental world, with the positive forces of the spiritual world and the positive forces of the physical world, this is man's health, the healthy state. According to the law of analogy, as the Earth has been formed, thus the human brain is being formed. If you, in your brain, cannot make a grid finer than the one you have, you do not understand the law. Each year man should construct one net that decomposes the solar energy. A saint, after living for 20 years in the desert, has created something like that in his mind he perceives things, certain forces that the ordinary man has no idea, because with this net the saint captures the energy and can put it to work. Modern scientists have cells to capture the energy, but they are looking for new ways and means to grasp the hidden energy in nature. Somewhere they grasp it, somewhere they cannot grasp it, but compared to the past there is an improvement. But within us, in our personal lives, everyone should make an effort to detect this light and heat. When he finds the laws of his mind, then he will explore the other minds that are in harmony with his. He should examine them not only here on the Earth but he will follow all the stars. The scientists have suggested that the weight of the body depends on its volume and the density of the matter of which it is composed. Therefore the bodies that are situated on the Sun weigh more than those on The Earth. Because the Moon is smaller than the Earth there the bodies do weigh less than those on the Earth. According to this, it is assumed that if a man goes to the Moon, he will weigh there only 250 grams. Calculate how much a person will weigh, if moved to Jupiter, which is 1,250 times bigger than the Earth. So, the weight of the body depends on its volume. As the body surface is greater, so the pressure is greater. The highest pressure is in the centre. In this aspect we, the living creatures constitute the centre of being. As we are away from the centre, so the pressure is less. When people are asked why contradictions come into the world, I say controversy is due to the pressure on us. To create a noble human thought and a noble human emotion high pressure is required. For this, pressure of 1000 atmospheres is not enough; at least 250 million atmospheric pressures are needed. Human thoughts and feelings are not easily formed. Do not think that this is proved by some modern scholars. It is an assertion only. In the future there might be even more extraordinary claims. So, the greater the pressure is, the greater the rationality is. The stones have no pain because the pressures on them are very small. However, the pressure on man is very high, and as a result his sufferings are greater. Now, let us suppose that there is a pressure from outside. Where could it come from? Could it be from the infinite space? What pressure per square centimetre will ether of the infinite space exert? The ether is a substance, therefore it has weight. Some explain that the attraction of the bodies is nothing else, but the pressure of the ether. So, the weight is nothing else, but the pressure of the ether. We weigh one kilogram - this is the pressure of the ether, which aims at a certain power centre. Consequently, the weight is determined in the force field of matter in the infinite space. The ether is a pressure from above and it determines the weight of an object. What is the pressure that the air has on the human body? Check it out. This is data. They might not be strictly accurate, but we are interested in the laws under which pressure acts. In nature there is pressure from the outside and one inside pressure. The human head is subject to the same. When the religious tension of the head is weak, then the head on the top is sleeping, the poles are sleeping. These people, whose heads are on top and sleeping, they are not religious, not spiritual people. They are very cold. As the north pole is, so they are. They are living at the equator. They are very hot at the equator, but there are many carnivores there. The equator is rich in carnivores. In religious people who have developed poles, the equator is flattened, the poles are protruding. On worldly people the heads are flattened like the Earth, the equator is stuck out. For example, in the wolves the equator is quite stuck out, in lion, in tiger, in the cat as well. When you come to the herbivores, the equator in them is flattened. These are partial, general conclusions. In the world there are places where the pressure is so high that one square centimetre weighs 75 kilograms. We say that things have a centre. All the things fall toward the centre of the Earth. To drop an object, they say that the Earth draws it. Modern physicists say that outside pressure is 1200 kg, the airspace pressures with 1200 kg. And inside there is tension of 1200 kg and they are balanced. And between these two pressures inside and outside man moves. The pressure outside is slightly higher. For some of you is with 50 kilograms more, for others it is with 60 kg etc. So, out there is 1200 kg pressure, there is counteracting outside. For all worldly people - materialists the outside pressure is high. Spiritual people amplify pressure inside. Spiritual people amplify the pressure inside. And when the pressure inside becomes greater then we will raise and we will go to a centre that will attract us. By getting rid of the influence of the Earth, maybe the Sun will attract us to itself. These are scientific reasoning. The scientists prove that the Earth in 500-600 millions of years must go off, life will be reduced. One day all of you have to leave the Earth. One day the Earth will be like the Moon, there will be cold on the surface of 150 degrees. I ask then: how these people will live on the Earth? Have you ever lived at cold of minus 150 degrees? Nothing can grow, there will be no fruits. There will be nothing to do then. You say: "Let think those who will be at that time!" But you will be still the same people. Those creatures that have inhabited the Moon, about 100,000 are there because it is 50 times smaller than the Earth, have descended to live underneath the crust. I do not want you now to believe this. I know that there are 100-150 thousand people, many scientists live underneath the crust; there are gardens there, fruit trees. They use the sunlight, inject it under the skin and go out because they have a very nice environment to study in the sky - it is always clear, there is no steam. It is free from germs. No germs there. On the Moon they live as long as they want. It is nice that for the Moon, but we here on the Earth, who are we? If a person is transferred from the Earth to the Moon with his body, which weighs 60 to 70 kg, he would weigh only 250 grams. If you move to the Sun you would weigh 16 tons - the same body. Now this may seem funny to you. I will give you a fact that researchers report. Modern researchers have found out that matter on Sirius is so heavy that 3-4 cubic centimetres are sufficient to crush a truck. Only 4 cubic centimetres of this matter can break the strongest truck! If you on the Sun will weigh 16 tons, then in order to live there, you should have 16 tons inner pressure to balance these 16,000 kg - then you will carry them and play with them It is necessary the external pressure and inner pressures to be the same. In life, the more we rise up in the human evolution, the higher the inner pressure becomes, the conditions become more difficult. All the objects in the world move in a straight line, because there are two forces that act - one outside, the other inside. They have to balance. If the external conditions and the internal possibilities balance, there will be a straight line. If man wants be fair, inside him the conditions and the possibilities must be in equilibrium then we will have a straight line. Once the conditions are weaker and the possibilities stronger a convex line is formed. If the conditions we have are stronger and the possibilities weaker, one concave line is formed. Then according to the first law the planets have been formed. When the opportunities are weaker, the mountains have been formed. When the conditions have been strong, the valleys have been formed, depressions have been formed, lakes and seas have been formed. At the opportunities the mountains have been formed. Someone asks: "What is good and what is evil?" Tell me now, what is good and what is evil in scientific language. Which of the two is pressure and what is tension? Because good and evil, they are tension and pressure. Now theologians can explain it. I explain the things scientifically. Good and evil are tension and pressure. I will not consider it now an error, if you say something incorrect. You know what is good and what is evil. What are the acts of evil? Once you do a bad deed, where from comes the blow? It comes from the outside. If you are going somewhere and you pay no attention a tile can fall on you. Is this good or evil? This is evil. It is pressure. Now, the good comes as tension from the inside, the evil is pressure from outside. Why is it evil? It is because if there is no evil outside, the good from inside will disperse man to pieces. Some of you ask, "Is not it possible only the good to reign in the world?" I am talking scientifically. We do not mean theories. Hypotheses and theories are good. Someone says: "Isn't it possible to do without evil?" Another says: "Man should not be good." They do not understand the professors at the university. It is not possible to do without evil or without good. One is pressure, and the other is tension. And if you remove that pressure, none of you will be here. All of you will raise and go somewhere. Where you will go, I will not tell you. You will go somewhere. One of the tasks of the physical man is to deal with the external, physical pressure. To counteract this pressure is the inner tension of man. In general attractiveness is related to pressure and rejection to the tension. When the external pressure and the inner tension are balanced in man, he feels healthy, well disposed and strong. If the external pressure is greater than the inner tensions a man hardens, becomes stiff. But if the inner tension is greater than the external pressure, then man is still in unnatural state. So man is under the influence of two forces: one is the pressure from the outside and the other is the inside tension. If a person is under the influence of only those two forces, he would go into great difficulty. In this situation he could never have his own initiative. But thanks to another rational force, which acts simultaneously at the inside and outside, the pressure and the tension of man are regulated, and he has initiative, which means conscious life in the three worlds - physical, spiritual and Divine. Some complain and say: "Remove these passions!" You do not know what you are talking - it is better man to make mistakes and be alive rather than be frozen. And this is not bad because no illness will catch you then. It is preferable life with suffering than being frozen without suffering. Maybe one day you will understand the law of pressure because freezing is the law of pressure. The heat inside is tension. But that is not the point. With the rational we should understand the meaning. And the physical world and the spiritual world need to be understood in order to understand that verse: "Love God and love your neighbour." Three things you should know: pressure, tension and rational living. Here, you have to think on this drawing for one year to be able to understand it. You will say: "What will we understand from this drawing?" You will understand. An engineer or an architect has a plan. Looking at l it he knows how to build and when you look after some time the plan has been realised. This drawing is only one plan, approximately one sketch, drawing very simple to understand. On the drawing is marked A1, A2, and A3. What does it mean A3? If you look at A3 as pressure you will explain how the world has been compressed. You will explain the material world. It is because the material world owes its nature to the pressure that exists inside nature. The spiritual world, by contrast, owes its existence or its manifestation to the inside tension. And the Divine world owes its existence to the wisdom that regulates the pressure and the tension. The word "God" in this case means the rational that directs pressure and tension, or that sound, which determines the physical laws. All the physical laws are due to that flow of pressure. And all the spiritual laws are due to the tension that exists. You say: "I'm very tense." It's good that you're tense. If you had no tension inside you would become flat like a bannock, you will not have any thickness. If there has been no pressure from outside, and there has been only the tension inside, you would have extended and you would have scattered, you would have become into small particles. The bomb according to which law is it made? It is made according to the law of tension. In it the tension is greater than the pressure. And this bomb being sent somewhere, when hitting the ground, these pieces in it when will be spread will become fine particles and some of them can make thousands of mischief on hand, foot, etc. Physical life is pressure. What is spiritual life? It is tension. Someone says, "I do not need spiritual life." He does not know what he is saying. He does not know that if his spiritual life is taken, he will become asleep, he will become a bannock and nothing could come out of him Someone says: "For me is important the material life, I do not need spiritual life." The content in him will give him the spiritual life. From spiritual life force is coming. Someone says: "I do not need the Divine as well. Let us live like all the people." This is already not a science. Thinking belongs to the Divine world. When thinking you should not let any discrepancies in your life. If you are angry, in disbelief and worry, you are in two worlds - between tension and pressure and you will be a slave to the conditions and a slave to the internal capabilities. Because there is a slavery of the conditions - it is physical. And slavery is one of the possibilities there. You have many options, but if the conditions and the options are unreasonable, you will have pain. Therefore, any condition that you set in life should be reasonable. And every possibility that you proceed to, should be reasonable. And your every action, your every sense should be reasonable. One deed is what: Is it tension or pressure? The act is already pressure. You act outside. And the feeling is tension inside. When you have a good deed and a good feeling you have not yet resolved the things. You have the conditions and the opportunities, but it depends on whether you will be rational. If you are rational, you can build something of this matter. Rational or the Divine should come to you, to build you something of these conditions and opportunities. You expect to go into that world and start your lives. No, you are already in that world. Now you are not in the physical world, you are deceived. As I talk to you, you are in the physical world, when I stop talking to you, you will go back into the physical world. Your confusion is that you think that when I talk to you, you are in the physical world. You are deceived. If you think rationally, you're in the Divine world. When you feel well, you're in the spiritual world. If you act well you are in the physical world. These are maxims. And if you keep them if you follow them, you will have a reasonable life. If you do not act well, the laws of the physical world will exclude you will not be a citizen of the physical world. If you do not feel well you will not be a citizen in the spiritual world. If you do not think well, you will not be a citizen of the Divine world. You will never have facilities in the world, if you do not attract the rational in activity. Convenience in the world derives from pressure, tension and rationality in the world which operate simultaneously. If tension, pressure and rationality, determining them operate simultaneously, they will create comfort. If pressure obeys to the tension and tension is balanced by the pressure, then rationality is inside that will bring comfort, it will create them for you. This is the Divine in us. They are small reflections, just a clarification. I do not want to disprove any theory. I want the thinking to be correct. For me, every thought, which explains the pressure and tension and makes man free to work, is already a science. We want freedom in life. How can we get it? To have freedom, we should understand the laws of pressure and tension, and then the one great law that regulates the Divine things in the world. And when can you know whether the Divine in you works? There is only one way. A gentleman wearing a bag on his arm passes who. He thinks the bag is solid. The bag falls and in some time the man sees only at the handle of the bag in his hand. And wealth is in the bag. And this man goes; he has an important job to do. He says: "If the bag is mine, it will come after me. If not, it will not come. The work I will do is more important." After him comes a man who finds the bag, catches him and says," Sir, is this bag not yours?" The Turks say, "If luck, let it come to the legs". But it is in Turkish. It is an exceptional condition. How do you think if you wear a bag with 100,000 levs and the handle breaks and bag drops, what is the probability in Bulgaria someone to bring you the bag back? Of 100,000 people in Bulgaria what is the probability someone to bring you the bag? Of 100 000 people how many would bring it? The probability is very small. In this bag all will fall in love. It is so beautiful that who sees it, would say that happiness has come to him. Now, who would give in: the bag, or the one who found her? Whoever finds the bag and bag itself: from both of them what is the pressure and what is the tension? The bag pressure is; the one who has found it is the tension. And when he does not understand God's law takes the bag; gives in. According to the Divine law on the first office they get you and ask you: "Whose is this bag?" It is not possible to rob someone. You can take, but on the first station, on the first office you will get caught. I am talking in the largest sense: every thought that enters your mind, you do not know its origins. You do not know the origin of your thoughts. You think that each thought that comes to your mind is yours. Every thought that comes to you is someone's. Not bad, that it has come. You should take this bag and bring it to the one whose it is. This man will thank you. If you keep it for yourself, at the first office you will be taken account. Now I speak to you on this subject, because you all have great pressure, blood pressure. All of you are complaining about the blood pressure. It is necessary to balance the things in man. It is necessary to balance the human body with the human feelings, with the human mind. There should be balance. You all have knowledge and I do not know when you go to the spiritual world, how many of these skills will stay, what will remain of your knowledge. If Socrates appears today, who has been passing for a great philosopher, or Plato, what would it be? About Plato they say that he has been a great philosopher, but today's kids would know much more than him If Plato has come, he would have seen that many things are unknown to him And after a thousand years we will not be able to compare it with the children of that time. In future ages will sift out and what remains in you, it is the essential. In this life you can have many desires, many thoughts - how could you use them?

Energies Ether, Tatwas, Prana and Akasha The Sun is a source of live energy for the entire solar system. Concerning the Earth the energy of the Sun is positive. It develops in positive and negative electricity, in positive and negative magnetism. The Energy of the Earth concerning the Sun is negative. Of the contact between these two energies is produced the life on the Earth. This intermediary that connects and transforms these two energies is called by the scientists "ether". It permeates the space and the Earth. The occultists call it life giving plasma, the mystics call it spirit. And in the Being it is said: "Initially God has created the Heaven and the Earth. And the Earth has been unarranged and desolate; and darkness was upon the deep, and the Spirit of God floated on the water." Ether means what things are born of and bred. The particle ET is the primary start that things are born, HER is what grows things on the Earth. Ether is not a thick matter. The thermal ether, this means the initial energy is connected to Love. Therefore, in the first manifestation of life appears Love, then the thermal ether starts acting in matter. And so life manifests in heat. With the appearance of heath the flow of life has started descending to the Earth to organise it. This flow is the Divine Spirit that has descended from above to organise things. The thermal ether is a movement from the outside to the inside. When we say that we should love the other people, we mean this thermal ether coming from the outside. The people require our love. Someone wants to love you and you to love him Why? This is energy in nature that wants to manifest. In nature empty spaces do not exist. Everything is filled with a special, rare matter, invisible to the normal eye. The celestial bodies move in the ether which represents water environment from the spiritual world point of view. From the same point of view light represents airy environment. And the light passes through the ether, as well as through the solid bodies. And the people are connected to each other with something invisible that has certain influence on them. This is the reason why people influence each other consciously or unconsciously. The ether penetrates in the air things penetrate in each other. This which penetrates, it reigns, the smaller lives in the bigger, the bigger envelopes it. The ether has four states. They think that the ether is homogeneous everywhere, but it is not so. The suns are centres of ether energy, the pressure of the ether forms the suns. Where there are suns the pressure of the ether is the highest. The ether, when pressing, forms solar systems in the endless space, which means that this pressure is not the same everywhere. When we talk about high world we mean Heaven, where live sublime and noble creatures. They are strong, powerful, with one hand only they can lift the Earth. You say: "Do these creatures have supporting point somewhere?" They have, of course. They ride on a plane like the Earth slides on a canvas. What modern scientists call "ether" is the canvas on which the Earth glides. This canvas is indivisible; nothing is able to break it. So, no matter how heavy the Earth, this canvas can never be broken. It is smooth, not a right strained, but curvy, undulating waves and on these particular waves the Earth slides. This explains the formation of the light waves. When light passes along these grooves, it undergoes some friction, resulting in forming light waves. Adepts of science know these things. They know why the canvas does not break; they know how the Earth is standing on it, etc. One day, when you step on that canvas will feel under your feet steady ground, from which no one can lift you. Some scientists call this ground rock. Who slides the Earth on this canvass, what is the composition of the canvas, these are abstract questions which can not be understood today. As you breathe, you will look to connect with that sublime world, you will think about the creatures of this world that do not breathe through lungs like the humans, do not breathe through gills like fish, but with the new bodies they perceive the ether from the air. You need ether. Ether is the purest substance that man can suck out of the air. The ether presents elixir of life. But if you cannot connect these creatures, perceiving the ether from the air, your breathing is not proper. The sound is transmitted not through the air, but through the ether, so it is transmitted immediately. Our thought sometimes we pass it through the air, sometimes through the ether, which takes effect immediately. Then the thought is powerful. The strong thought does not work through the air. Apostle Paul, who has been occultist, student of this great school, student of Christ, who has been trained in all the right teaching of Christ and understood the deep inner meaning, has said: "I will put my laws in their hearts," to put them, then: "I will write them on their minds." "Write means by only in form. Only through the mind could be written these laws". These laws work in the present situation in your brain, they work in your lungs, they act in the stomach, and act in the sympathetic nervous system. But these live laws have attitude towards that great, live energy in the world that flows from its initial state to enter the path of evolution, and so to modify this primary force that the Hindus call 'praktiti', and we call it Spirit. Spirit is the primary. And the apostle Paul says on another place: "Fruit is the Spirit of Love", this means that the first differentiation of the Spirit is Love, and the first leak from God is the Spirit. Now I am not going to tell you what leaking is. The first law in the world is the law of Love. This in the Hindu philosophy is called law of tatwic energy, of which prana is a modification - it is a stream that comes from the Sun, a mechanical draft. There are two opposing currents going to the Earth and going out of the Earth. These currents come over periodically, sometimes escalating, sometimes fading. In all the laws there is periodicity, and this periodicity depends on the inner laws of being. Certain things repeat at certain ages, times, days, months, years, centuries, they come periodically. And modern science begins to be aware of the periodicity of the components. Certain things happen exactly at certain times. There, where Love is, there is the Spirit, that moves forces. In Hindu philosophy, it is replaced by the word "prana". Prana in all its manifestations is matter that permeates everything and is always moving. There are several names: prana, akasha, these are forces that are in potential state. Some call it tatwas. But akasha is the first manifestation of this tatwic matter in the world. According to the Hindus akasha is something that fills all space and exists forever. From it are formed all forms. It is something still. It is a great aristocrat who does not work and rests forever. The second essence is the prana that exists forever. This is the power out of which originate electricity and magnetism It creates their forms. Ether, air, water, comets, all the planets originate of the prana and akasha. Behind the prana and akasha sits something else that we do not know what it is, what is its essence. To benefit from the prana, man should study its laws because of misallocation of prana in the body originate various diseases headaches, tuberculosis, indigestion. If in the muscles it is not properly allocated, appears rheumatism of the joints. The science of the prana aims to distribute the energy evenly among all organs and cells in order that they do not suffer. Man cannot have a healthy body if he does not understand the laws of prana. Thus breathing is nothing but a method of accumulating the prana. Why should man act properly? It is in order to collect prana and use it correctly. If your mind, your heart, and you will do not work as they should work, you will be missing out the prana that you need. The thought in man should be connected with the prana that comes from the Sun. A man accumulates the prana from the Sun with his brain and with his thoughts and from there he sends it to the whole body. If a part of your body hurts you can send part of the gathered prana in the brain to the ill part of the body to heal it, it needs this energy. The purpose of religion is to collect prana from the Sun, which is so necessary for all the mankind. Religious people collect that prana through their hearts, and scientists store it, so that all the mankind can benefit from it. The form of the present people is nothing else but prana in movement. When prana is not evenly distributed in the human body, diseases are born, and when prana is not evenly allocated in the feelings, anger is born, when prana is not evenly distributed in the thoughts, nonsense is born. All the new discoveries in science, are not yet well studied, they have not disclosed these truths that have been known since ancient times to the old peoples. For example, in the recently discovered element radium the causes of its characteristics are not yet known. Not yet discovered is this vital energy contained in nature and in all the elements that is called by the Hindus "prana" or life-giving electricity. Such energies are contained in our body, in the elements hydrogen and oxygen but they are not hydrogen and oxygen. Oxygen and hydrogen are only the carriers of these energies. Prana has different states: it is physical, cardiac or mental. Without prana thought cannot be formed, without prana feelings cannot occur, without prana the will cannot work. Prana is the reason for creating and developing the thoughts, feelings and actions in man. This does not mean that all people should have the same thoughts and feelings. Everyone according to the stage of his development will take what he needs, and will express what he can. Prana is necessary to the human body. On it the health of man depends. Therefore it is recommended to people to go out early in the morning to acquire greater quality of prana. After that they should process the energy that they have acquired and use it rationally. If you do not use it, it will cause harm to you. Hindus have sacred word "Om". "O" is pronounced, and nowhere is limited, it comes free. If you pronounce some of the letters, there will be some touching either the palate or teeth. But for the "o" the voice goes out freely. And the letter "A", it is again a free voice. So, I say: sometime try to pronounce the word "Aum". "M"-it makes the initial matter of which the forms are made. In the world there are two things that permanently function, "M" and "o". The "O" the Hindus call it "prana". Prana is the power in the world that fills the space. It exists in potential relation and in kinetic relation. When it is intertwines with the matter, forms are made. Prana or life elixir they call it. You want to be beautiful, but if you do not understand the law of the prana, the life force or elixir, or if you do not understand the qualities of the initial matter, unless you understand the qualities of "M", you could not get younger. Hindus say that there is a force between Love and life, it is the prana. As the prana enters it renews the thought. Always when the people are ill the enlightened Hindus use this power, but do not allow talking about these things. Hundreds of years the English are among them, but they are silent as fish, they do not talk about it. They cannot be bribed with anything. This energy in the world, which derives from the great space - because the world has differentiated until now in evolutionary energy or living energy, but the soul of the universe has passed through five stages - it has differentiated in three directions. That's why we have five senses - it shows the way, there are still two forces of this cosmic soul to manifest. This initial force in the world, which now operates is what the Hindus call "akasha", it is the initial manifestation, it has created the human brain, the human thought; it has created the sound. The second manifestation the Hindus call "vayu", from the Sanskrit verb "va" which means "to move things," it is a modification, a reverse of this energy in involution process - down. This energy "vayu", the so-called airy form, nitric energy forms the clothing and the sensitivity which people use today in the current state. So if your feelings inside you exceedingly develop and become strong, then this energy is amplified, if this energy weakens, then your feelings are dull. These things happen. If the thought becomes stronger, akasha or that initial energy comes into your mind and your thought becomes clearer; if the thought weakens, your relationship is not strong; then what should you do? When modern people have cold feet or hands, they put hot water bottles to their feet and hands in order to be able to restore the natural heat. When your thought becomes weaker, you should pass your mind to those great laws of life - to the Sun and you should perceive that initial prana. You will create absolute peace for your mind. The Divine world has its Divine matter and Divine forces that should be studied. The Hindus call it "akasha" According to Hindu philosophy, there is an essence, which they call "akasha's records." In these records is written everything that the past has hidden and what is happening now. You have a headache, your stomach aches, your cross hurts, your heart aches, for me the reason is clear, it is not in the heart or in the head. This disharmony shows that your life is not in accordance with these great laws of being that regulate the rational life. In nature there is a rational force tatwas that permeates the entire space and is a base for the movement of all the celestial bodies, and is responsible for producing the entire life in the universe. Prana is a modification of tatwas and the scientific method to use this live energy the Hindus call "pranamama." Tatvas is the Love that moves the world and all the sublime desires are due to this energy, to this force that with its jets penetrates our bodies, all our bodies. You can make a lot of experiments with the solar energy. If inside you ordinary life manifests and you go bareheaded, but the Sun shines, at noon you will surely have sunstroke because this Divine energy will pass through the Earth, will change some vibrations and will form warmth in the brain. So, if you have sunstroke, you have passed this energy through the Earth and that is why you have a stroke. But if you are conscious in your life, you set a love for all living creatures, you will convert this energy into akasha and you will feel inside you a great Divine pleasant music, and your whole body will carry a great thrill and you will want to give this energy to all the people. All this will be in you, if you have a conscious life. This energy you will feel, and through it you will be transferred the thoughts of all the rational creatures. The lives of all the creatures that surround you in the distant space will be transmitted to you with a velocity greater than the speed of the solar beam and you will feel that you are a citizen of this great kingdom. And when you look at this, the great world, you will be glad, everything will make you joy. This is the new life. Night and day you can accept this life.

Spirit and Soul The present order in the universe is managed by the three main and basic laws: gravitation, thought and bios. The law of gravitation implies the matter; the thought implies the mind and bios imply the soul. These basic laws manage the various areas of the great secular world and differ in their phase of development and in essence. The law of thought controls the mental world, seat of thoughts, talents, abilities and powers of the mind. The Kingdom of this law is borderless. It covers all the worlds and universes where live various creatures. This law is the base of each rational self-dependence. Its basic principles are the same everywhere, without any exception. Of course, they differ in form and phase, but not in essence. For example, the geometrical truths, that the whole is equal to the sum of its parts, that the straight line is the shortest distance between two dots, that two segment, equal to a third, are equal as well, that the dots, forming the circle, are at the same distance of a central dot everywhere in the mental world they are understood in the same way. These axioms could not be understood in any other way but as they are initially suggested in our minds. The concepts of good and evil also cannot be understood otherwise than as they are dictated by the supreme law. Who kills his brother or robs his neighbour cannot be treated in any other way but like a criminal. No matter to which part of the universe we will transfer, our character will be assessed by all the rational creatures in one and the same way, will be measured by one and the same measure the measure of the truth. Evil, in any spiritual being, cannot be considered as good, because both, good and evil they have their own distinctive qualities that characterise them The law of bios reigns the spiritual world the source of life, of sensibility, of the senses, of wishes, of feelings and emotions of the soul, as well as the strength of will to accept and assimilate what is dictated by inner motives. From the bowels of bios comes all the organic activity, as well as the real concepts of good and evil, justice and injustice, of love and hatred. Within this law begins the moral freedom of choice, which determines the nature of each spiritual activity and what qualities it possesses. Here, any rational and moral creature on its choice and freedom decides to devote its life to the service of one or another initiation. This is the only spiritual law, inhabiting all the worlds with living creatures. It is what transfers the energy in the universe from one state to another and makes it serve the soul for its rise. It is what sprays a blessing everywhere that fills the hearts of all living creatures with faith and Love, with peace and joy. Bios is the eternal base of being, the first and the last in everything. Gravity dominates in the physical universe, which is home to all living creatures. The boundary of this law is infinity itself. Where does its operation start and where it ends, the modern astronomy is unable to tell us. In the Scripture it is said: "God has created the Heaven and the Earth". Under "Heaven" is understood the connection existing, on one side between God and us, and on the other side between all the souls. To this inner connection exactly is due the law of involution and the law of evolution. By these two laws the souls progress. One of the qualities of God is that He never changes, while the souls are permanently changing. There is nothing bad in this that the souls are changing. It is beautiful when the soul is changing. When a soul is changing only then it acquires new qualities and develops. The Divine life is continuously transfusing into the soul. In this aspect the evolution and the involution are nothing else but transfusing into the soul and pouring out of the soul of the Divine spirit. It should be transfused inside and be poured out, so that the soul could acquire that knowledge and that Love, necessary for its development. In order to be awakened the human soul needs sorrow, sufferings. If man comes to these sorrows, he should be happy, because God visits us only in the evening, this means at the time of sorrow and sufferings. In the evening, when we go out under the open sky and only darkness surrounds us, but if we have a look at the sky we will see myriad of stars, myriad of suns, sending their light to us. Through them, we can only get to know and understand the true poetry, music and the true beauty in life. The more often man lifts his eyes to the sky the easier he will lift above the pettiness of life. I do not support things that do not exist. According to me we are unable to think about non-existing things in the world. All the phenomena in nature and in life we are unable to explain with our mind and heart only. These things we can explain only with the spirit and the soul of man as the most sublime and noble manifestations. These notions are of much higher nature than we can realise. Under "Spirit" I mean that rational, the most beautiful thing in the world that brings sense to life, filling everything that brings all the blessing and gives the nicest mental, heart and wilful disposition in life. When the Spirit talks, there will be no contradictions in the world. If we are guided by that Spirit which governs everything in life, we would ever get along. That moment, when the initial human soul has been born, it is a great moment! The Scripture calls it "the dawn of being, the creation of a cosmos". And if you catch this moment, this is a revival. For each soul a cosmos is created. This is the most important! After millions of years you will understand the great truth. And now you think that you will disappear. No, your minds will open and each of you will understand his soul. You will understand that there is something secret hidden inside you. A great moment is hidden here. Only thus you will know that what God has created could not be lost. God, the Invisible world, is working for a big achievement that each of you wants. With your heart you are connected to the people, with your mind you are connected to the angels and with your soul you are connected with God. The soul has come out of God. God has breathed in man and he has become a living soul. He has created man in His image and similarity. And what God has put in man God loves it. He loves this Truth that He has put in you. This Truth is inside you. God has given you an excellent mind, an excellent heart and an excellent soul. Mind and heart are clothes to the soul; the essence is the soul the breath that has come out of God. You should have excellent mind and heart to help your soul. And what your mind and heart acquire this good will bring in the future your benediction. The Spirit has direct contact with our soul. Through the changes taking place in our spiritual world we acquire new notion of its origin. Without the soul we would not have any notion about the Spirit. The soul in its way of thinking represents the Divine world in us. And if in us there is something Divine, it is the bright soul that thinks. Therefore, when talking about man we should understand the soul. If you separate from man the rational soul, he becomes a formed animal with four legs that does not differ in anything: eats, sleeps, has all the necessities and weaknesses of the animal. The Spirit manifests in the human soul. I take the two words: "Spirit" and "soul". The Spirit is what pushes the people to go. And the soul is what perceives things, what contains things. This means that the Spirit is the one who gives and the soul perceives. This means that the flow of the soul is from outside to inside and the flow of the spirit is from inside to outside. These two flows of the spirit and the soul exist at the same time. They are what enters in us and what goes out of us. What enters inside us is the flow of the soul. What goes out of us is the flow of the spirit. And when these two flows are correct, proportionate, this is happiness! You will acquire well and give well. We will acquire from God and then we will give. My patience is giving. When you acquire air say: "Thank you, God, for all the goodness that you have given us!" This is right! Then you will breathe out and take air again. The soul is what we are living in, but the spirit works. Mind is what we are getting to know now. Mind and heart are the children of the spirit. Mind is a boy, a small child, going on the male line. The heart is a girl, a small girl this is the daughter of the spirit. The daughter of the spirit is the heart of man, going on the female line. This means: mind is born by the great father the spirit, and the heart, it is born by a great mother the soul. So, when someone asks what the spirit is, or what the soul is, I say: that, what mind is born of, is the spirit, and that what the heart is born of, is the soul. Have you ever stolen souls until now? You have stolen hearts. Hearts somehow you can steal. And life to certain measure you can steal, you can take the life of man. But there are two things that no one is able to steal. His soul and his spirit no one in the world is able to steal. Many in the world have tried to steal them Heart is possible to be stolen, people steal hearts. And mind is possible to steal. But there are two things, on which you can rely upon: they are your soul and your spirit. The strong is the spirit. If your spirit is strong and awakened, no one can touch your mind. If your soul is awake no one can take your heart. All you need is faith in your spirit and faith in your soul so that your mind and your heart to be in a normal state. The illuminated part of the circle is the spirit and soul. And unlit part is the mind and heart. So there are possibilities to make mistakes in darkness. The man should start moving so that human mind and human heart to be illuminated by the Divine Sun. "Love is a fruit of the Spirit." If Love is not dawned on by the Spirit, it cannot manifest itself. Love cannot manifest without the Divine Spirit. It is only for a short time. Short-time love shows that the Spirit is in a specific situation in man or that man is in specific situation. What do we mean by "Spirit"? It is the rational in man. What do we understand by "soul"? This is the consciousness of man. What is coordinated by the rational thought is the soul of man. If all the deeds of man have one common outer result we call this man rational. If everything that man does is positive, noble and there are no contradictions in his deeds, this man is rational. Rational man can be recognised by physiognomy, chiromancy, astrology and the other occult sciences. Spirit is the man himself. What you are in your mind this is the spirit. Spirit is the real essence, the most real, the most essential, that, having no measure. This is the Spirit the base of being. And when this Spirit comes, it will bring these goods, that life, in which you will feel like the blind to whom Christ has opened the eyes and you will say: "Once I have been blind, now I see". The only thing that we see in the world, I repeat, is the Spirit. Here, this flower that I hold, it is a Spirit and if you could see you will espy an entire human figure in it. Now, why do not you see? It is because your sight is limited, you see only the compressed part, but you do not see the not compressed. For example, some things look to you rounded the walnut, but if you seed it, would the stem that will grow be rounded? It will immediately show its essence. In order to recognise things you should be seeding them in their soil. Many times you give about the Spirit people's explanations. The Spirit is an instructive philosophy that could be tried by a child and by an old man, but there should be respective senses to understand it. The coming of the Spirit happens by contact. You should accept it. You should have a reason for the pouring out of the Spirit. The reason for the pouring out of the Spirit has been Christ and He said: "When I go, I will send you My Spirit and this Spirit will be with you". This means that there should be a creature to give a reason, to be like an environment through which the Spirit, this great good to be poured out. You cannot accept the Spirit until God does not manifest His Love. If Love is not manifested you cannot accept the Spirit. This is the first position. The second position is: you cannot accept the Spirit if you are not ready to apply the Will of God. God can have Love to you, but if you are not disposed to fulfil the Will of God, you cannot accept Him. This means that there are two things: God to have Love for you, disposal of God, to accept the Spirit, and the second, to fulfil the Will of God without any stipulations. When the Spirit comes, you should leave your present life. You should transfer from a state to another, more sublime like the caterpillar transfers to a butterfly. When this Divine Spirit enters in man He gives him something, equips him, gives him new possibilities. In order to accept the Spirit the people should be completely ready for that. Christ says: "Who does not forswear his father, his mother, his brother, the world and finally his life he cannot be My student". This means that he cannot accept the Spirit. I am talking to those who want to study the inner side. Do not think that the temporary happiness you have is the Spirit. What the Spirit brings is something completely new. You will try a peace that you have not yet tried. And now you have peace. And happiness you have. There are people who are born gay, constantly cheerful and smiling. This is only a matter of temperament; this does not show that the Spirit is present. There are people born beautiful, there are people that will become beautiful later. The first beauty is the outside mask, but the second beauty shows that man has worked. This is characteristic of the Spirit and in his face there is one expression that shows the beauty of the soul. The first beauty loses the outside lines with the time passing by. But the beauty of the Spirit cannot be lost with aging. The one who accepts the Spirit enters the area of immortality. This is the inner resurrection. You may still be in your cocoon in the grave, but you feel a joy that you will blossom This is only a temporary situation that you are in. Situation of a prisoner, who is tightened, but who knows that his friends are coming and encircling him, and he is happy, because he knows that he will be freed, but his enemies tremble. This is the situation of a man who is expecting the Spirit. He feels that when he accepts the Spirit, there will be a lot of visions, a lot of dreams, a lot of things will come to prompt to him and will not let him in ignorance. There will be yet something that will remain unknown, but he will be warned. The spirit comes for these souls that are already ready. There are souls in the past in which the Spirit has gone. There has been a specific pouring. That, what the mystics call "inner connection". The soul connects with its initial source, where it has come out of, and makes a whole with it. There is inner connection between the Initial reason and the soul that is living on the Earth. All the contradictions cease, everything is explained. Man could be rich, could be learned, but if he is not dawned on by the Spirit, by Love, he is always unsatisfied of life. The Spirit is the Divine in man that is burning. Do not extinguish this flame! Until it is burning you will have such aura that will protect you from all the bad conditions. Who carries the Spirit inside him, he has the flame. If he has not the Spirit inside him, he has no flame and he starts to philosophise that the things could be reached in many ways. No, there is only one way to live properly. Each word should have only one sense. All your thoughts, feelings and actions should have only one sense. Man should not be bifurcate. Human heart is a result of human mind. Human mind is a result of the human soul. Human soul is a result of the human spirit. The human spirit is a result of God, of the Divine. Each result could subsequently be a reason. I take the result, but it means that it is in dependence. It is not that the result is not real, but that it is dependant. When I put this ladder, I show ratio, dependence. The soul depends on the spirit, the mind depends on the soul, the heart depends on the mind, the human will; the human body depend on the heart. We condemn our soul. They say: "Is the soul alive?" The only thing that lives in the world is the soul. The only thing that works, that thinks, this is the spirit, the human spirit. Employee of the human spirit is the human mind. Now in philosophy there are a lot of limitations. The spirit in man, in this sense, is the one that thinks. The mind has originated of the spirit. The human heart has originated from the soul. The entire spiritual world is based according to the law of the human soul. The entire mental and causal world is created according to the law of the spirit. The entire physical world is created like the human body is created. The entire physical world presents astrologically a man, decomposed to his parts. Now these are abstract things, so do not be scared. Without soul Love cannot be manifested. The initial soul that everybody longs for is the greatest, the most sublime creature. Every man wants to love someone. Whom exactly does he want to love? He wants to love this initial soul. If you are looking for Love, this shows that you are looking for the soul. If you are looking for knowledge and wisdom, you are looking for the spirit. The mind cannot give knowledge to man, neither the heart can give him Love. There is something in the heart that people call love, but this love seems to be temporary magnetism that is easily acquired and easily lost. If you magnetise a piece of iron it will temporarily attract the iron filings to it. Tomorrow this piece of iron will lose its magnetic quality and should be magnetised again. The same could be said for the heart as well. No matter how much you magnetise it in a couple of days it will lose the quality to attract. If you take a piece of black iron and heat it to become red, it will start lighting. If you leave it in this state for two-three hours it will lose its red colour, it will lose its light and will become black again. The same happens with the mind. Whose human mind has not fulgurated for a couple of hours and then has not darkened? When we say for someone that has a bright mind, we get the idea that the Spirit is present in this man. The presence of the Spirit creates uninterruptible light energy in the human mind. The human soul has created the universe; the human spirit has created eternity. This means that the spirit has created the innumerable universes. So, when talking about the heart, do not think that it is weak as you imagine it. It has created our Earth, as well as the rest of the planets. By the heart God has wished to create, to arrange the Earth. It is said in the Scripture: "The Spirit of God floated upon the Earth." This means that the Earth has been arranged according the wish of the heart. What it has wished, that has created. Our Earth has been arranged only for virtues nothing else. Therefore as soon as we become virtuous the other arts will come. You cannot become a musician if you are not virtuous. You cannot become a philosopher if you are not virtuous. You cannot become beautiful if you are not virtuous. You cannot become anything if you are not virtuous. Virtue is the base of life. Good is the base of life. You should know this. Only in this way you can have success in life. I am not talking about personal good, but making good to someone else. You should have good heart, not in the sense of well disposed, but a heart that works, that creates things. Many ask: "Why should man be good?" Man should be good because on the good is based his life. If you are not good, you can achieve nothing in your life. The Spirit, this is the strength of man. You are as strong as you realise the strength of your spirit. You are as noble as you realise the nobleness and the strength of your soul. The strength of your heart depends on how you realise the presence of your soul inside you. The strength of your mind depends on how much you realise the presence of your spirit. As much as your spirit works, so much your mind will work. If you doubt and hesitate in your spirit, your mind will hesitate as well. If you hesitate in your soul, your heart will hesitate as well. If your heart is erratic, your soul will be erratic as well. You sit and think: "There might be a soul, there might be not! There might be a spirit, there might be not!" Therefore the soul and the spirit are two great principles of life. With its entering in life the materialism has made a deviation in its proper development. How has life created this deviation? It has brought in the world the idea that the soul does not exist, but everything is matter. As far as the existence of the spirit is concerned the materialism has not been able to renounce it, because it has identified it with the mind of man. So, when they say that someone has a powerful spirit the materialists mean strong, bright mind. But they completely renounce the existence of the soul, and at the same time renounce the existence of Love as a great principle. What should man mean by the word "soul"? The soul is what includes everything. Everything put in man should develop in all centuries this is taken for a soul. It is a great warehouse. There are other definitions as well. I say: the greatest thing is the human soul! And after that people are still going to ask whether the soul exists or not. Who asks whether the soul exists or not, this shows, that his soul is smaller than him alone. This man should leave this question aside and should not discuss it. The soul lights man. The entire knowledge it brings inside it since immemorial times as well as Love, Wisdom and Truth, the three sources of life are hidden exactly in his soul. It is a warehouse, a repository for all his riches. All the difficult questions that arise over man are solved by the soul. Is it then necessary to ask whether the soul exists or not? Who does not believe in the existence of the soul he is at the end of materialism and death is a part of it. The soul lives down, in the solar plexus. We are at the border of the spiritual and the physical world. The solar plexus is close to the navel of man. There is the dwelling of the soul. The soul itself is not three dimensional, it cannot be projected, it cannot project its actions; it alone is not in our world. It is not a soul of the physical world. It touches the physical world, but it does not live in the physical world, it lives in completely another world, in another dimension. In the conscious movements the strength is inside, but in the unconscious mechanical movements the strength is outside. In a wheel you have a belt that moves continuously the wheel from outside, and in a snail you have the movement inside. This snail or that clam is often enclosed between two shells. Once the snail or the clam die, the shell remains and if you break it, you will never be able to make this form again. And the opposite: if you take some salt and dissolve it in water, then let the solution crystallise, it will generate the same form. Therefore, the rational forms are not recovered in the same way as the crystals. That's why when in the world you make some mistake or some good, the rational force that has made this mistake or this good, it alone is able to recreate what it has made or broken. Assume the following fact, which can be explained in two ways: you have a friend that you love, but one day inadvertently you say one word that offends him, his mood changes. You go, apologise, but he does not want to forgive you. I ask: why he does not want to forgive you? The man who does not want to forgive you, he is not the offended, the offended is someone else, but he is not there. Therefore he says: "I have nothing to forgive you, I remain only his guardian". For example, a process is given to a lawyer, but another one says to him: "Terminate this process". He asks the plaintiff: "Do you agree?" Has the lawyer the right to dismiss the case himself alone? He has not this right. Therefore the offended people, those who do not like to forgive, they are not the offended but they are just officials. I will give you a rule: in all these things that happen on the Earth the soul should take part, it will be with us in our hearts, in our bodies, then everything we do, and will be realised and we will be happy. Those of you, who want to improve the situation, keep this rule: your soul to participate in your thought. You, the men, are like kids to the soul. The soul when sees you, lets you come in peace, to feel that you need its help. Sometimes you want to impose: I should do this, I should do that. Leave it, do not interfere. Once you ask her, let her free, not only to come but to take part in your life. We should start living better, so the soul to deign to manifest together with us. Not to let us do whatever we want because then we will pay tax. All of you know what it means paying tax. When the soul takes part, everything is in harmony; man feels strong, vigorous; powerful. The entire nature has sense. As soon as we remain alone, the obstacles come one after another. The good that man enjoys is at the same time good for his entire body, as well as for each cell of the total body. On this ground in the world exists a great Divine Soul that contains the souls. We are connected to this soul and our good depends on the good of this soul. There is a universal soul living in each man. Everybody should listen to this soul. The people call this universal soul in various ways. This is a soul that understands everything, that lives, that guides the people, that creates culture, and science, and art everything is its work. Who listens to that universal soul is blissful; who does not listen to it is misfortunate. Often the notion of soul is collection of functions. Function is a process. After the process is finished, the action is finished as well. And the soul is an uninterruptible process in the world. Space and time in nature include the soul. The soul is spatial and material in any way. It includes space, it includes time; it includes all the forms, but also the perception of these forms. Love is that yearning that if you live in it you will achieve whatever you wish. But if you're in the world, you would feel lack, emptiness, an absurdity, a hesitation, a doubt, a lack of faith, an inner rudeness. What for love is this? Love has that fullness. Man is a genius. He is talented, he is a genius; he is not an ordinary man. He is ordinary, when he goes to the ordinary; he is talented, when he goes to talented; he is a genius when he goes to the genius. The human soul wherever it descends it adapts to the existing conditions. Sometimes the soul takes an ordinary form. When it ascends to God it takes another form One human soul is more than an angel. One angel is facing. The soul contains more possibilities than the achievements of an angel. The soul contains more possibilities than a god! So this is it. It is those immense possibilities that God has put in the soul, because it is an expression of Him. It has been created in image and similarity to God. Those are the possibilities that God has put in us and in the future we should achieve them. The nicest moment in the life of man is when two people meet in the following situation: one of them has been living for a long time on the Earth; the other has just descended from Heaven. This meeting remains memorable for a lifetime. This is the meaning of the strophe: "Wherever two or three are gathered in my name, there I am with them". The soul of man is the one, the spirit the second, and the man himself the third. Number 3 represents manifestation of the real spirit, the real soul and the real mind of man. Each man should have a soul to love him with all its nature, this means with its consciousness, with its self consciousness, with its sub consciousness, with its over consciousness. If man has such a soul all the Divine goods will come with it. This soul is a channel through which goods are transported from the invisible world to the soul that lives on Earth. Man cannot accept God's Love and God's goods from wherever. This soul that loves us will show us the way to act with the rest of the souls. According to my understanding the Earth is a school for the individual human soul. If there is something unreal in the world it is the human soul. Some ask themselves: "What am I?" I am what I think, what I feel, what I wish. And each thought, each feeling and each wish have their form. When man talks on his thought could be exactly defined his age. On the Earth live young and old souls: young souls are recognised by the lack of experience, as they have lived on the Earth less time. The old souls have lived for a long period of time, they have a lot of knowledge, great experience. Therefore-, if an old soul makes mistake it makes it consciously, if it makes good, it makes it consciously. These old souls with knowledge, with experience, we call them "advanced souls". I have not created the world, it has its master. Not only Bulgarians permit issues. There are English, French, Americans, Russians, Italians, Serbs, Japanese, Chinese; these are more than two billion people in the world permitting issues. The occultists say that there are 58 milliards other human souls, permitting issues. You will say: "When have they counted them?" I do not know when they have counted them There is who to count them In the invisible world they count them each ten years. So statistics says approximately that. 10 years ago if they have been 60 milliard, in 10 years they will increase. It is not me, thinking out these data, the scientists say, that these souls exist. Whether you believe it or not, this is another question. What exists in nature, it exists, no matter that you believe it or not. All the souls are not on the Earth. They move in space, they get about the solar system and some of them tour the other systems and periodically descend to the Earth. When they descend to the Earth they visit the people, they enter their bodies; they leave their blissful and go again to the borderless space. What is the movement of the souls? They move in a circle, but in a spiral. For itself alone the soul represents a small universe that moves in the great universe in its borderless space. No one in the world can occupy the place of the soul, no matter whether a man or an angel, neither to obsess it. The soul has Divine origin and belongs to God only. When a soul descends to the Earth, all the sublime creatures that understand the laws start creating an entire system of worlds, because they know that each soul brings something new inside it. This means that coming of a soul to the world symbolises creation of something new, great, and beautiful. When you do not understand what the soul is you often say: "My soul is troubled". And David has said at many places: "My soul is troubled!" The soul cannot be troubled. Normal soul is a soul that manifests and develops properly. Do not be amazed why it does not manifest properly. It is because it is still in the first phase of its development. What manifests, is the human heart and the human mind. The canvass is still weaving. While it is on the loom and is being woven, it is weaving, and when this fabric is woven, then the soul will manifest. But not in the present age, but in the sixth race then, when the both principles of the heart and of the mind, or both principles, as they now manifest in man and woman, come to accordance and realise why they have descended to the Earth. Because while the man realises that he has come into the world as a man and while the woman realises that she has come as a woman, in the world there will always be broken noses, broken legs, ribs removed, broken hearts, etc. In the new culture there will not be sick, sickly, crazy people, all will be with healthy brains, sturdily built, they will not think about dying, because in the new culture these two worlds will be joined, and as they are joined, the soul will descend to the Earth and ascended freely. But not to this land will descend the soul, it will descend to the new earth, which is now being built. And then will appear the New Jerusalem and will start the culture of the Divine soul and the Divine Spirit. And now you say: "My heart is upset, I am indisposed", and sometimes you mix up and say: "My soul aches". The soul, your soul cannot ache; it has not descended, it is up and is waiting. Male and female represent two principles, two parts of a whole. What is the whole? It is man itself. The two poles, the two parts, these are his spirit and his soul. The soul can live separately, independently of the spirit, like the woman can live separately from the man, each for itself, in its physical form. This means that the soul can live separately like the woman in its specific form. And the spirit can live separately like the man in its specific form That is why many people carry inside the male principle only, only the spirit. For these people it is said that they have spirit, but they do not have soul. Others carry inside the female principle only, the soul. For such people, they say, that they do not have spirit, but only a soul. Is there any contradiction in this? For us is important man to have either soul, or spirit. Whether these souls and spirits are from this or that world, it is not important. But for us it is important that they go on the Divine path, that they are guided by the Divine laws, to resolve the contradictions that exist between them. Only in this case you can resolve the troubles in your life. For example, you wake up in the morning and you feel that you miss something. What is missing? It is your soul. Where has it gone? The soul has left your body, because it has been offended by the spirit and the spirit only has remained inside you. Sometimes is just the opposite: the spirit has left your body and inside you has remained only the soul. But there are cases when both, the soul and the spirit, leave the body and it remains with its heart and its mind only and man is in big disturbance. Why man is disturbed then? He is disturbed, because his heart and his mind, his children, have been left by the soul and the spirit, this means by their mother and father. The children are scared and say: "Where is our mother, who is going to cook for us now? Where is our father, who is going to buy clothes for us now?" Children completely depend on their parents. When I say that the soul has left the body of someone because it has been offended by the spirit, this is said in human language. Actually, because the soul and the spirit strive for absolute freedom, the spirit has given freedom to the soul to go somewhere on a walk, to visit some places and when completes its work to come back. The spirit does the same. Whatever the soul and the spirit do, they never tell it to their children, the mind and the heart. But what the mother and the father do on the earth, they tell everything to their children. Because the soul and the spirit do not tell their children what they are doing, the mind and the heart of man are in permanent confusion. Under the word "children" we mean the people of the mind and the heart. When I ask someone, if he has soul, this means, if he has mother. It means a lot man to have mother! Who has mother inside him he is a real man. If I ask someone if he has spirit, this means if he has father. It means a lot man to have father! Someone says: "My father died". No, the real father never dies! This means that the words "soul" and "spirit" should be understood in their inner sense, according to the said in the Scripture. For example, it is said there, that the first Adam has become a living soul, which means that he has become a woman. The last Adam has been life making spirit, which means man. But neither the first Adam has been a real woman; nor the last has been a real man. This shows that a new period is coming to the world, when this story should be repeated, to create that man, in which man and woman will be combined in harmony. This means that when the soul manifests the repetition of the events happens in life, but in completely new form and in completely new way. When Love manifests, then life is coming. Life is nothing else, but coming of energy. Under the word "man" in the right sense is understood that sublime and noble beginning, that is distinguished by purity and sainthood. This beginning excludes all the wrong understandings, all the crimes outside itself. And under the word "woman" in the proper sense is understood Virgin pure, free from all curves distorted images in her mind. She is independent, she does not fall in love with anybody; she does not pass a hero before the people. In general, each soul and each spirit love only God. The spirits and the souls fall in love with God only as Initial source of things. Therefore the spirit loves God at first and then the woman, this is the soul. And the soul loves God at first and then the man, this means the spirit. Someone will say: "Give us proves that there is soul and spirit!" I can prove in 5 minutes whether the soul and the spirit exist or not, not giving you arguments or proving this question theoretically, as some philosophers such as Kant, Schopenhauer, etc. do. How am I going to do this? I will take the soul out of the body of someone and he will immediately fall on the ground. Then I will return it back. Then I will ask him: what have you seen? "I have seen that on the ground there was a man lying on the ground, who was completely looking like me." What are you going to say now, does the soul exist or not? Out of the same man I can pull out two more and will ask him: Who is the one lying on the ground and who does not speak? Who is the one who thinks, suggests and speaks, and finally, who is the one that connects the two? The one who lies on the ground and is unable to speak, it is clothing, matter, in which the soul is clothed. The other one, who thinks, suggests and speaks, is the very soul, and the one that connects the two - this is the spirit of man. The question is not about the soul out of the man, but the important question is, what man is in the world as a manifesting soul. Moreover, man has to know his self and what he is as a spirit, and at last he must know what is God, without seeking to prove this to other people. If man knows these three questions for himself, he is already on the right path. Knowing these three important questions constitutes the great future culture that can build, can put strong foundations in the life of man.

The New in The World Our solar system, which occupies about 20 million miles of space, is moving around another sun, and this sun is moving around yet another sun and it takes thousand millions years to complete the turn around it. So in thousand millions years the Earth and the Sun will be at a completely different place in the space than they are now. This is a philosophical system that only the great people can understand. Modern mankind has fallen upon an old life that has existed ago. A number, with 25 zeroes behind, since then life has existed. But life at this place, where we are passing now, is from remains. Now we are living the karma of a lost universe. This is what the occultists say. Since immemorial times all the sciences in the world prove that there are two lines in the world. We, the modern people, want to be happy. But since thousands of years the world passes through an area in the space, full of poison only. There are various theories. The entire solar system passes through an area in the universe, where once an entire universe has perished and has left its ashes. When passing through these ashes all the living creatures are poisoned not only here, on the Earth, but everywhere in the solar system with a small exception of the Sun. Our Earth from a pure organic point of view is going out of an area with very thick matter, ether, unorganised matter, called the 13th sphere, where all the discrepancies and crimes are born what the Scripture says is that Lucifer has entered in the paradise. I would ask the question: how did the angels let him enter in the paradise? This is an inner process. Eva has wanted to learn something. Evil is not an outer thing, it is an inner process. The people have made a mistake in a world, where evil cannot be curbed. Evil is curbed by trying its consequences. It is said: "This does not work for my good". The modern people are convinced that evil ruins, we are convinced that good builds. There is no man in the world wishing to be persecuted, to be ugly, to be hungry and to suffer in the world. So I say: at the present conditions we are close to going out of this area of the universe, called the 13 sphere. It is so called, the sphere of the greatest contradictions. The world has not seen daylight. So much blood has been spilt, so many sufferings have had the people, so many tears have they shed, that a lake could be form of the tears the people have shed while crying. We, the modern people think that we have reached the top. Once the people have been savages, not organised, now we have come to arrange the world and we see how we are arranging it. Today's life is showing more intensively than it has been showing before. There is a difference in the consciousness of the people. Once, if you have fallen on the battle field, but still alive, they would kill you. Now, they would put you on a stretcher and take you to be cured. This is quite a great culture. There are ages that are dark. Only now we are going out of a dark age since millions of years. Only now we are on the exit of this age. There is no need to tell you how we have entered there. The cosmic history is very long. When you go out of the modern Earth school, you will learn this history and you will see what the reasons have been. Because everything in nature is moving, we are also moving to a certain destination, not knowing where, but moving to somewhere. We are going out of a dark zone and we are entering a light zone. When the Scripture says that God has created the Heaven and the Earth and the Earth has not been arranged, it means that the Earth has been in this dark zone. A time has come to go out and then God has built the Earth, so that the present people to be ready to understand Him If these people are blind, if these people are deaf, if these people do not think, if these people do not have hearts and souls, what will they understand of the new age, of that angels' life? The angels' life is the Divine goods that are now coming to the world. They are now disseminated in the air. The entire solar system with all the planets has already gone out. Now the solar system is moving in an ascending order it is lifting up, therefore it will soon enter into a new area, responding to the new culture. The Earth, together with the solar system is going up. This will last thousands of years. We are in a new age, when a new man is being born, an entire new world. We have a third Adam, being created now. He is being created of the first and of the second Adam. The third Adam is now being created. Always when an Adam is being created cataclysm occurs. Until the second Adam the entire world has been unarranged, God has appeared and has said: "Let there be Light!" It is said that the world has been created for six days. On the sixth day man has been created. Now a new Adam will be born, the entire world is rearranging and before the new Adam all the races, all the people will pass in front of him and he will give them new names, will baptise them, there will be a new baptism Adam has baptised the animals, all the people will pass the new Adam. This is said in religion. This is fate. The fate of the world is that when passing in front of the new Adam, everyone will be put on his place. It is not bad a man to be created. Now you want to live in the old way, as you have lived before. You say: "How is this going to happen?" It will happen magically. According to the Hindu philosophy, it is believed that each 365 millions of years God descends to the Earth to redeem the world. These are statements known only to the adepts. When God descends to the Earth to redeem the sins of the world, this is one of the greatest deeds in the being. Only then God becomes known to the people. When Christ has descended to the Earth, this has been manifestation of God. Christ has come, He has knocked on all the hearts: ''Love!'' This is Christ this inside consciousness. Christ has come, has knocked on the door and the angel has said: "Are you not going to stand? " "I will sleep some more." "You can sleep, but you are late." The people have been late. And then they ask me what Love is. Love is a fire of 35 million degrees. And when this fire enters it brings life but not destruction of life and your soul will tremble like the soul of an angel trembles and all will be powerful with this fire. This fire demolishes everything, and the churches and the cash desks. This fire is coming to the world. A fire is coming to the world that will melt anything. Not the Earth, but the people will be melted. There will be nothing left in the world, but melted. If you do not become conduits of God's love, you will burn and disappear. Many are afraid of Love and say that the sense of live is in arranging works, in eating and in drinking. By eating and drinking nothing is achieved. The Earth will be burnt. The people themselves will make a fire that will put the Earth on fire and everything will melt, nothing will remain of the present culture. Nothing will remain - neither national assembly; nor a church, or a mosque; no monuments, nor buildings; no man, neither woman will remain. Everything will become a mess. When someone comes, he will see the entire Earth clean of all crimes. What will happen after that? When the present people are burnt in crematoria what remains of them? The sacred ashes will be taken and put in a bag. After the great fire has passed on the Earth our sacred ashes would remain. The Earth will be put on fire that people can live with. And then these people that have lived and developed properly on the way of evolution will start living and the sinned will be melted and the world will be cleaned once and forever. The good people will go up; the bad will be melted and will go down. The time has come. Then the Earth will be cleaned of the sins of the people. And this fire will be very strong, but very soft, it will melt some, but to others it will give life. The one who enters in this fire would be like gold that melts and purifies, if you enter it, you will become so pure, like good and fresh air. Now you will ask from the point of view of the rigorous science, is this possible? This is the greatest possibility that the people are starving to and we are starving as well, so that in the future we could live inside the flame of the fire. When fish have gone out of the water, the lungs started functioning. These fish that have not succeeded in creating lungs, they have died. Now, the apostle Paul says: "We all are not going to die, but all of us will change". Some will die. If you do not prepare these new breathing organs for the more ethereal vibrations from now on, if you are not ready to perceive the new light that will come, you will become blind. We have lived in solid matter, we have lived in the water, now we are living in the air, but time is coming for us to go and to live in the fire like the salamanders. The spirits of the fire are called like that, are not they? One day our Earth will flash and ignite. Then the people will ignite but will not be burnt. The people will purify their bodies and will live in fire. It is possible to live in fire as well, but in the fire of light. The people are strange when thinking that only in this fire is possible to live. You can live in the light, you can walk in it; you can live in the flame of the heat, without being burnt. There is life everywhere. I have learned these things and in the laws of nature I have not found a single exception. Soon a planet will appear in the solar system which will be greater than the Moon and these who wish will be sent from the Earth to the new Earth with better conditions. And Bulgaria and France will be new. A new Earth and a new sky are coming. You will tell me that you do not want to die. It is not a question of dying. I recommend you an excursion to the other world. Not dying. Dying is suffering. But to make an excursion to the other world and if you like it, you will stay, if not, you will come back here to the Earth and you will say: "We like that place". The mother, new Eva, coming to the world, should manifest the born by God. In Christianity it is said: "To be born". An Eva should come to the world. The apostle Paul says he has given birth to them. They infer about that first Eva that God has created in image and similarity she is descending now to the Earth. The first man, that God has created, he as well is now descending to the Earth. This is what is called "the second coming", "the resurrection". This resurrection will be the new birth, in which the people will be born in a new way. Now everybody says that the people have been created in image and similarity. The present people are created by the people; they have not been created by God and in image and similarity to God. Since 8 thousand years we are a copy of the Divine, we have been photographed and we pass for Divine. "Where is Sham (Damascus), where is Bagdad!" The Scripture says: "Born by God". Now everyone should be born. Now we should be born again, we should rectify. Now we should be born again by God, not like Adam is born. Why should I be interested in Adam? Adam is the beginning and I am the end. We are now the end. The Scripture says: "I am alpha and omega". Then God has created the world like that, but now God is creating a new world that we should be born of. Then God has created it of dust, now God is giving birth to it. That Adam, who God has created, I consider that he has been made of brick. Bricks are made they are put in bars. But this brick has not been put in operation God has broken it and has sent it out. Now He needs live stones. While you are living for yourself, you are a stone, a big stone. When the idea about the neighbours is born, you become organic a plant. When you decide to live for God you become man. No that it is bad to love yourself but because you are solid. Now you should become soft, organic matter, you grow. Finally you should become Divine you should think. Those, who have created the Earth; those, who have created the solar system, have decided the entire solar system passes to a new phase. The old life on the Earth is incompatible with the new life. All the people will participate, none will remain. All the creatures are being organised. One major change is coming. It is not bad. If winter is coming, thicker clothes are needed. If summer is coming, thinner clothes are needed. If the wind is blowing you should have shelter. A change in the world is coming in that order of things. Those, who arrange the Earth, they are not here, on the Earth. Do not think that those who are here on the Earth, they will rebuild the world. If they have been able to they would have rebuilt it till now. We, the people of the world are not able to. What they have not done already and the world is in the same situation. When I am talking about happiness, I mean such happiness, common to all the people. The good that I have should be for everybody. The health that I have, I want all the other people to have. The strength that I have, I want the others to have it as well. Therefore everything that I need could be necessary to the others as well, and they should have it. This is what I understand by "Divine wish". In order to wish properly first of all man should be devoted, should have inside sublime, Divine thoughts. The new that is coming today to the world is Divine. The world today is in its last phase. The present century I call the "iron century". This century is at the end of its life. The words "iron" and "cement" go together. Further man cannot go. If it goes further mankind will die. Iron and cement will destroy even the last drop of life existing today. If the present conditions of life do not change, all will die, nothing will remain in life. The new age that has come I call the "golden age" of mankind. I call it also age of light, age of electricity and magnetism When this light enters the minds of the people, everything that is impossible for them today will become possible. There has never been a better age than this in the world. In the Scripture there is a strophe, saying that the Earth and the Heaven have run from the face of God. How could you explain this? Why the Earth runs from the face of God? The Heaven as well runs. How will you explain it? They have run, this means that an old order has gone. God says: the old order should go! This is the physical order. The Heaven, this means the thoughts of people, the old thoughts as well could go. Then the Scripture says: God has created new Heaven and new Earth. What do we have? God creates new Heaven, but we are worried about the dust taken. It is only some dust. Which house, when being destroyed, does not raise dust? I say: look at all that, happening in the world, as a great work. A new phase begins now in the entire cosmos. Our universe has reached half of the way of its development. Therefore we will have a reverse process of development. Now the entire mankind, not only here on the Earth, but in all the worlds, existing outside and inside of the universe, all pass to a new phase. Not only on the Earth, but in the entire cosmos a transformation is going on, although not all of them are on the same level of development. All the creatures have reached half of their development. The new wave that is coming will not let you on the old place. And if you do not adopt the new teaching there shall be great tribulation such that will produce in you a whole hell. The hell is nothing else but the influence of that Divine wave. In the future these sufferings will increase and you should know that the greater the sufferings are, the greater your resistance will be, whether conscious or unconscious, this is another question. You should know that you are counteraction to this wave, therefore you will harmonise and say: "I should be in accordance with the great conscious Love, with the Divine Spirit and I should act so rationally like He acts". Life should be changed so that in the future nothing worse to come. If we do not take a lesson now in the future something even much scary will come. It will not come now but in a thousand of years will come something so scary that the people have not even dreamed of. A war will come that will put on fire the entire Earth, the Earth will melt and nothing will be left. Of all the human culture nothing will remain. The new culture of the world is coming and it will combine both principles of thought and of life. It is the culture of mercy, or the culture of Love. The first culture has been the culture of Wisdom, the second of Justice, and the third the culture of Love. This culture will combine man and woman in one whole. I am talking about Love, because the modern world, the modern civilization is in a transitional period, at the end of their development. When an old man comes to the age of 120 years, what is awaiting him? Everybody expects this man to transmigrate. Everybody expects the present culture to become younger, but it has aged. It is an old man of 120 years and will not pass long time and you will hear that this old man has died. We are moving in a world still not established, it is transitional. You do not understand what life is. It is a transitional form, like something preparatory, which is now preparing to come. What is preparing is better than what we have. Those, who understand the things like that are thinking and expecting. Those who know nothing about that think that what we have today is the last. And therefore they look not to lose what they have today. And all the disasters in the world come from these wrong understandings that mankind has had since thousands of years about that existing in nature and in life, in the religious life as well as in scientific. All the sufferings that we have in our life, this is the fire, the oven that the Providence wants to pass us through, to form in us the best views of life. If a man cannot feel the sufferings of all the people, he is not a man. And the world is not going to repair as you think now. In the people there should appear the wish to feel the suffering. When we start feeling the suffering of the rest, the world will become better. At present, when a man is being hang the others go to watch him I do not want the young to become old; I do not want the old who are married to become widowed. I do not want the mothers to lose their children; I do not want the masters to be deprived of their servants, neither the teachers to be deprived of their students. But I say: there is only one way the things to remain. There is only one way for two people to remain together only if they love each other therefore, according to the law of Love. The Love of a man in the proper sense means loving everybody. You, when you love someone, you are able to love everybody. At the same time you are conductor to the great Love of God. When you love a man, all the people love each other. If you do not love someone, you make crevice through which evil enters. Then thousands and millions of people will follow your way. You can sit in a room and from your thought or your deed, from a wish of yours millions of people can suffer.You say: "What can I do?" You can do a lot. Now we are living in an age, when God acts in the world. He is making a great transformation in the entire nature, in the entire order. It is said in the Scripture that the Sun will become dark; that the stars will extinguish; that the Moon will get dark as well. This shows that all these improper religious beliefs that people have had since thousands of years will disappear, will be gone. All those laws and rules that the people have had will go. In the world should be brought something new, something nice. In the future order, in what is coming now there will be no place for death. There will be no hungry people. If there are hungry, hunger will be for entertainment for them There will be no thirsty people as well. And thirst will also be for entertainment. And there will be no ill people at all. All the people will be healthy. And they are not going to multiply exceedingly like now. In the future life in each home will be one child only either male or female. There will be no servants. Everybody will compete to do certain work. And there will be no payment for the work done, like it is now, there will be no salary. The servants will occupy the honourable place. In the future order the masters will wake up before the servants. The servants will give the goods. They will bring the goods to the people. Once the fire has fallen in love with the ice and has said: "Because I feel too hot I would like you sometimes to cool me". But one day, when the fire has melted the ice, it has extinguished. Now sometimes you also want to be like the fire and you seek consolation and cooling of your life, but when your ice melts and extinguishes the fire, then what will happen? Imagine that the soul is a real creature. You are intelligent, you are a smart man, you base your life on the ice a built a house on the ice. Look how strong, how steady is this ice. You build an excellent palace. But the sun comes, melts the ice, destroys your base and the entire palace turns to water. And you see that a cataclysm is coming, but how can you get rid of the disaster? You make a boat and you say: "Thanks to God we have saved from the catastrophe of ice, we can live in the water". But imagine that the water evaporates and you again remain without base. You ask: "What should we do?" As soon as the water becomes vapour, you should make wings. Therefore each of you should learn to pass from one state to another: from the state of ice to the base of water and then enter into the state of vapour in order to function normally. And this is what the modern people call "to adapt to the living conditions". Some of you are interested what would be the exit of the present situation. Our Earth soon will arrive to a port, one of the best ports in the world. And the Sun, It also will arrive to one of the best ports. The Sun since 3 milliards of years, since it moves in the space, for the first time stops at this port. And the Earth it also will stop for the first time since it has been born. In these ports of the Sun and the Earth the best people will board that will make the world better. In the sacred books it is said Christ is coming with His saints. When they come to this port, they will ascend to the Earth. The order and the regulations on the Earth will change. We should have clear vision of the physical world; we should study it at first. The entire material universe represents something similar to our Earth. It has its axis, its north and south poles, it has east and west. What is going on the Earth happens in the material universe as well. What is going on in the entire universe happens on the Earth as well. Therefore, when we are talking about the Earth, about the terrestrial life, we understand the future in millions of years, because man is not going to live on the Earth only. He will travel for thousands and millions of years from world to world, from earth to earth, from a solar system to another solar system and will learn. The body of the future man will be finer than the present and he will live in the ether. Then he will travel freely from the Earth to the Moon, because the space between them is filled with ether, where the man will be fit to live. But the present man cannot go to the Moon, he is not fit to going there his lungs are not yet fit to accept ether. Who has adapted his lungs to ether he can freely travel to the Moon. According to the occultists there are such people on the Earth. They are travelling not only to the Moon, but to the other planets as well. Today a lot of people are sought in the world by family name or by personal name. There are a lot of great by name people in the world, but rational people are needed. The rational people have almost no history. What are you going to describe in the history or the life of a rational man? What are you going to tell, that he has been born 60 years ago? Before these 60 years, that he has lived now on the Earth, he has lived for more than millions of years. The rational man has a history dating back since 250 millions of years. He has lived on the Sun as well, and on Venus, and on Jupiter, and on Saturn wherever he has not only lived! The rational man is walking all around the entire universe. If he is in Bulgaria today, tomorrow he will be at another place. You will say that the rational man is strange. No, he is a rational man; he understands that great Divine path. When he looks at the world he sees that there is nothing to be discouraged from It seems to you now that I am telling you a story from "1001 nights" to encourage you. Someone of you will ask when he will reach this. All of you are candidates for the Sun. If you believe it you are candidates to go to these rational people and to get rid of the limiting conditions of the Earth. I do not want you to believe it, you will check it once, I cannot prove you everything, and a film to show you, you can tell again, that it is fantasy. You will watch the film and you will say that it has been well done, but that it is fantasy. Whether it is so or not you can doubt again. Only rational man can understand rational man. Only loving man can understand loving man. Only righteous man can understand righteous man. Only merciful man can understand merciful man. This is the law of the world. And then I can ask you: are you all under hypnosis? Are you a hundred and one percent sure that you are people, whose consciousness is free? Are you not in a hypnotic state? Rational man is completely awakened; he is not under the quilt. His consciousness is permanently working. While man is afraid, while he is not yet awakened, he does not yet understand the law of God. If you think about yourself only, you are not yet awakened; if you do not understand the things, you are not yet awakened; if you do not think, you are not yet awakened; if you are not fair, you are not yet awakened. This concerns the entire mankind. You say about someone: "This man can give orders to spirits". I say: he cannot give orders to his organs, what to tell about ordering to spirits! In order to be able to give orders to spirits man should learn the laws of matter and to know how to wield it. Until he does not learn the laws of matter, he will not be able to give orders to spirits, but they will even play with him The spirits have taught us to all the bad and negative things, to all the bad crafts: hatred, theft, parasitism, etc. If someone decides to work, they will immediately tell him: "There is nothing to work about, let the others work for you!" The modern people are brought up by the spirits. When they come to the position to give order to spirits, the new culture will come to the world the culture of the great Truth, which will bring freedom in life. At first the head of man has been agglutinated with his spinal column and then gradually, little by little the face from the back has come to the front and is now in parallel with the spinal column. Man is about to go once more 180 degrees transformation. He will live in a light ball. Then we will not see the man, but we will see a large light ball, enlarging or decreasing, rolling like the Sun. You say: "What people are we going to be?" You will be people, giving light; people of the light. People, inside and outside of which will be the Kingdom of God. The striving is for this way. Someone wants to go to heaven. But you should have 180 degrees. Some you still do not have 180 degrees. If in a life of 120 years you develop one degree, how many more years you will need to develop 180 degrees? You can calculate: 180 multiplied by 120. You say: "What is the sense of life?" The sense of life does not concern the Earth only. For us the Earth represents an egg in which we are closed. For now we can still remain in this egg, but when we are hatched out, could we be able to live? One day the Earth will become narrow for us and we will not find sense in living on it. What are we going to do then? Imagine that you graduate from all the faculties of a university. Whatever you are asked, you know everything. What are you going to do then? But you want to study more. Then you will go to a special faculty of another university. In The Revelation is said that around the throne of God are sitting 24 old men. Each old man is a representative of an accomplished age or race. This means that since Christ till now have passed entire 24 ages that these 24 old men represent. When mankind completes its evolution 7 stages should pass, and another old man will be created. He will be like a boss. He will have all the knowledge, all the freedom, all the strength, all the goodness of the mankind at his disposal. Then all the people will go to Him and He will be generously giving away. That is how we look at the old man.

Cultures Under the word "Spirit" we understand the most rational thing that guides the world the Rational that we are immersed in. We cannot go out of the Rational. The Rational, the Spirit can bear us for thousands of years and finally will happen what the Spirits wants to, but not what we want to happen. We are only deceiving ourselves thinking that one day we will force him give us what we want. Initial is the Spirit; then life comes. From purely scientific point of view life is a result. Life is a result of what the Spirit has done. Life cannot be animal, life cannot be human; life cannot be angels', life cannot be Divine. When you say "Divine", these are our notions, our words. We say: "Life is Divine". Life in its essence, the entire life is Divine. When the Divine life enters us, with our understanding we make it look like man. When human mind enters the animals, they make it animal. Each man makes life look like him, such as he thinks and wants it to be. Woman makes life feminine, man makes life masculine, child makes life child's, fool makes life fool, rational makes life rational, etc. These are our understandings. If life could be rational and fool, then how could we manage? What to trust to if there is no reasonable force in the world? Culture is nothing else, but thousands and millions of souls reflecting and thinking. This we call culture. Under "organised" you have inside you the idea that man is separated from the whole. Earlier he has been one with the whole and he has been thinking with it. In the organic world man separates from the whole, his consciousness is separated from the cosmic consciousness, he starts like an individual, a creature, existing separately. Earlier there has been common consciousness of being. Before the sin paradise has been heated and illuminated by Divine heat. As soon as the first man sinned the light and the heat have been taken from the Earth. Then the Earth has become rigid and dark and cold. So we are now living from the handout of the Sun. If the Sun sends us its heat and light we should be thankful. If it does not send us, we should prey to be sent heat and light. We have lost the thread coming from the Sun. There has been a common language all the creatures have been having a common language that they have lost. All the creatures of the solar system have one language if you gather them together they will remember this language. But now the Martians, those from Jupiter have different languages, these from Venus have another language. On Mercury as well they have their language. If you gather these people on a single place you will see how much they differ in the features they have. The people have descended from the Moon. The Earth is the lowest point. From the Earth they will go to other celestial bodies. The occultists say that today's race has descended from the Moon. When it has descended the flood has happened. There is an occult story about that. The flood has happened because the water from the Moon has poured on the Earth. Each of you could go to the Moon. You can, at least you want to. This is for the advanced, as they go on visits, it is not for the children. I would advise only those of you that are adults. It is because to go to the Moon you should know at least 12 languages. You should know the languages of all the zodiacs. Each zodiac has a language. The language of the Earth, it has been formed in its speech to the last station man has stopped at. Most of the words are taken from the Moon and brought to the Earth. That is why the occult science is talking about that the present mankind has come from the Moon. They are inhabitants of the Moon, that when they have had certain restrictive conditions have descended to live on the Earth. In this aspect they consider the Moon like mother of the Earth. Man cannot be happy out of the light. It has been time, when the people have been in a terrible situation on the Earth. It has been a hell. The present people have been oppressed; they have been much badly oppressed than fish. They have not been breathing with the lungs. The atmosphere has been so dense that the people could not see each other. This world that you see today has appeared recently. When the people have gone out of these heavy conditions, out of this dense matter, when mind has come in the people and has started acting, then the light has appeared. Since all the water has been gathered in the big oceans and seas, then the upper atmosphere has cleared. The light of God has descended. Then man has shown and for him has begun a new age. The theosophists define that man is 'manas' a creature that thinks. Yes, the first people that have come to the Earth, that have created the Earth, they have been thinking, but these who have remained to manage it, they have stopped thinking. The descent to the material world: first, man takes position of a dot. Imagine, that man, a soul takes the place of a dot that does not occupy any space from our point of view. But it exists, it realises that is somewhere. Where it is, it does not know as we understand time and space. This dot, in order to start growing, it at first expands; it makes a circle around it. This is refraction, extension of the human consciousness. And when this circle is interrupted, is broken somewhere; then out of it goes the contents. What is going out of the circle this is other refraction. We are entering in the field of electricity that is going out of the circle. When electricity appears in nature, there is refraction; the Skewed lines are going out. I make an analogue to the following situation: the centre, this is the embryo of life, the seed, this is the circle, the refraction of the circle; this is the setting. Springing up is the outflow of this energy. And finally the branches, appearing up, they bend and form the Skewed lines. I say: from this point of view, when we are talking about human consciousness, we understand that initial centre, where from man has gone out, where man has been free. When he has descended to the material world, he has lost his consciousness. As a result of it he has become a slave to the environment. Initially, when man has been created in the so called golden age of mankind, it is said that God has created man in His image and similarity. This means, that in the golden age of mankind God has created the first Adam that has descended to the Earth. The second Adam, who has descended to the Earth, of the physical world, is made of the materials of this world and God has breathed a breath in him He represents the masculine principle. All of you have come out of the Sun, but you have forgotten it. The Earth has come out of the Sun and you have come out of the Sun with it. This story, when the Earth has separated from the Sun is a whole age. When the Earth has been born by the Sun all of you have participated, have voted. Now you have forgotten about that vote. When the Earth has gone out of the Sun, All of you have been turned to ashes. God has come, has taken these ashes, has gathered it, has organised it. He has taken your soul that has been wandering in the space, and with His breath has put in the body. He has said: "Be smart, do not make a second scandal", because, when you have gone out of the Sun you have made a scandal. God has put them in paradise, but they again have made a scandal. In Heaven man - the male has made a scandal. He has been expelled out of there. On the Earth the woman has made a scandal and then again they have been expelled out of paradise. Man on the Earth has had no chance to be tempted. The woman has been tempted, she has given from the fruit to man, she has become the reason for the second temptation of Adam (...) Man has made a mistake; this is the mistake of the angels. They have fallen; they are the rational the male. On the Earth have fallen women. We do not have any clear notion neither for the mind, nor for the heart. Neither do we have notion what the soul is. We have no clear notion about the human mind even. Do not think that everything is in the head. There is only a small part in the head. This head, the overgrown head, is feeling. This part of the head that is covered with hairs, there are the feelings. In these feelings are hidden a lot of good things, but many mad things as well. The rational, the spirit is the bare part of the face. The rest overgrown part is inherited from the animal kingdom. Hairs are inheritance of the animal kingdom. The woman differs in that she has got rid of her beard. What is the woman? She is a creature without a beard. The beard represents rough in man; the beard represents the surly human will. These are the unnatural desires man wants to try everything. Because Adam has been made of dust, of which the animals have been made as well, he has had the rough element. Because the woman has been made of a finer matter from a more delicate area, of the ribs, her face has become smooth. The woman is an image of the angels. All women are without beards. The angels do not have beards, they have whiskers neither. When you see an angel, he has not a single hair on his face. Therefore women are symbol of the angels. And whose symbol is man? He is the symbol of gods. All the saints have beards. I do not want you to believe in this, I am talking figuratively. In the times of Adam we have had completely different culture to the one we have today. Adam, who has represented the second age, has had three sons: Cain, Abel and Seth. Cain has killed his brother Abel; then the third son has been born Seth. The story of Adam has been repeated and in the times of Noah. Noah, however, has not had the same experience. The three his sons have not killed each other, but they have mocked his father. And in the age of Lot the story of Adam in paradise has been repeated. When Eva has entered the paradise, the devil has tempted her to make a crime of disobedience. And the wife of Lot has not obeyed. She has been said not to turn back and not to watch what has been going to happen, but to walk ahead. It has been the same as has been said to the first people in the paradise: "Do not push the tree of knowledge of good and evil". She has said, that she has not going to push, but after, when she has left Sodom and Gomorrah, she has thought: "What if I turn back to see what is going on?" As soon as she has turned back, she has become a pillar of salt They say: "What has happened to the wife of Lot?" She has become a pillar of salt. This fact shows that the wife of Lot has been missing salt. The wife of Lot represents an age with prevailing influence of the female principle. Initially the Spirit has been strong, powerful, omniscient, but with the descent he has gradually restrained, lost his knowledge, until finally ha has completely fallen asleep. This means, that once he has descended to the Earth, the Spirit has lost his consciousness for strength and power, has started building again, but using already small magnitudes, small things. Why should the Spirit loose his consciousness? It is needed in order to create the world. If he does not lose his consciousness, he cannot create the world. When man has appeared on the Earth, he has not been huge, but microscopic and under certain conditions he has developed and has become million times greater than he has been. His strength initially has been hidden in the embryo. So, even in our modern life the thought contains great Divine basis and if it falls on good soil, it could revive our life. Under "culture", in the wide sense, we understand this knowledge and art, covering entire life. It includes the manifestations of the mind, the heart, the soul and the spirit. In this culture each creature has its defined place and purpose; each creature has conditions for its development. The first conscious creature that appeared in this culture has been man, the male. Under "man"we mean a creature that thinks. In this culture has lived the male only. Then the woman has not yet existed. How could life be possible without women? I am not going to enter in the details, but I say that this culture could be considered as one of the most remarkable cultures in the world. It is a culture without suffering. Man has been connected to God; he has been a friend of God. In this friendship man has acquired a lot of knowledge, but he has become lazy. The important is that this laziness has made him look for a friend to help him He has asked God to give him a friend. His desire has been fulfilled. God has sent him a friend the woman. The woman has come, but soon she has had enough of Adam, she has found him old and she has looked for a younger friend. She has found one in the snake the black adept. Since that moment the second culture has began the culture of knowing good and bad. Today's culture is the one of women. Men are silent letters. What do you mean by "woman"? You want to get something, this is a female element. You want glory, greatness, strength, to be honoured, to be respected, to be rich, these are all female benefits. You want wisdom, knowledge, strength, these are all female benefits. You want to become musicians, you want to sing - these are all female things. You want to be beautiful, this is also female. You want to dress well, you want the Sun to heat you - this is also female. The one, the male sun, does not show its face. The female sun when going out each morning shows off, there is vainglory in it. And when going to sunset it says: "You do not appreciate me, let me go away, so that you can see, that without me you are not able to do anything". For now in nature only the female principle is at work. I call it "the virgin". Virginity, the mother of all the most sublime things shows off by the female element in the world. I will give you an example from the Scripture, where it is said: "Abraham begat Isaac ".Once both men and women have been able to give birth. In the negative period women only give birth. They will change again either women, or men will give birth. Now men do not get married, only women do, therefore they give birth. A time will come, when women will become younger, men will get married, then they will give birth. All the men in the world are now 10-12 years old and they do not get married, they are still children. Now the women are grown up, they get married, but men are only matchmakers. You should take this in the pure sense. There are no men in the world, there are only women! After time there will be men only, there will be no women. The women will be only 1012 years old. In this period women give birth, but a time will come when in men this consciousness will be born. Or said in other words: when women and men, when the female and the male principle gather in one, as they have initially been, only then a child could be born. The good man is the red man. The first man has been better, because he has been red. The good thing is life. You take the red colour in bad sense. The first manifestation of the man, carrying red colour is the good man. He has been feeding with fruits, ha has not been a carnivore. In the garden they have been growing fruits only. Then, when man has gone out of the paradise, he has learned to eat meat. A golden age has once existed when the first race has been living on the Earth. It has been extinguished by high culture to which mankind will go only after 400500 thousands of years. The paradise, mentioned in the Scripture, represents a great culture, differing to the present in science, art, techniques, philosophy. Then even the Earth has not been like the present. The initial man has been rational, plastic if you meet him once, twice, three or more times, you will never see him in one and the same form; he is constantly changing. Until now mankind has passed through four phases. At first on the Earth have been living the most rational people that have created the so called "golden age". The entire knowledge that we have today, as well as the occult knowledge, all that is due to that distant age when the people have had certain revelation. They have seen what has been created in nature and have been in touch with all the advanced rational creatures that have been working in the creation of nature. There are creatures that have taken part in creating nature. It is said that at the beginning God has created the Heaven and the Earth. The Earth has been unarranged and desolate. Then the light appeared in Heaven. The truth is in Heaven and the good has appeared on the Earth. And then the Earth has started to arrange. Everything that God has created on the first, on the third and on the fourth day, he has said that it is good, only about the second day he has not said anything. He has not said that it is good. This means that there is an interval. Number 2 is the man; the misunderstood man, about whom God has kept His mind. He has shown, but when God has seen him, He has said: "This man will make a lot of mistakes with his freedom". Therefore God has not given any opinion about him Then He has said: "Something will come out of him". So, man works exactly on that day on the second day, the day of the greatest contradictions. The first creatures that God has created on the Earth have been feeding with poison. They have been strong. These creatures have been so smart that they have been transforming the poison into food. And these creatures after they have arranged the Earth, making it solid, have said: "There is nothing else to stay for any more". And they have gone and have left the people. At first on the Earth has existed solar culture. Everything nice that we have today has remained since then. Then, the fall has occurred, covering a long period of time. The first people that have come to the Earth have been very educated, the second have created only the gardens, the third that have gone out of the paradise have learned to furrow, the fourth to fight, and the fifth - laziness. Today's culture I call the "culture of spiritual laziness". The initial man, created in image and similarity to God, have had at his disposal 12 senses. In the process of involution he has gradually been losing his senses until finally he has remained with 5 senses, like the present man. Therefore his present knowledge in comparison to the past is in relation 5:12. After the sense of touch have appeared the taste, the smell, the hearing and finally the seeing. Five senses five cultures. This is the history of the human Spirit till now. There are other senses that man should develop. The ear and the eye will change; they will have better and perfect form than the present. On the Earth after 3 thousand years there will be great difference between the future and the present man. Compared to the future the present man will look like a savage. The intuition is higher sense than thought. For now people use five senses and in this century the clairvoyance or the sixth sense is being developed. In the future seven more senses will develop. For each field the physical, the astral, the mental, the causal, the spiritual, the Divine there are seven senses, in total 49 senses, from which 42 senses should be developed in the future. Clairvoyance is the sight of the astral field. The centre of the intuition is in the centre of the forehead, but the centre of clairvoyance is aside and above the forehead. The centre of the Spirit is between the eyebrows. When God has created the world, the spirits that have descended to the Earth have wanted to be big, great and therefore they have had enormous bodies. If the enormous animals have remained on the Earth they would have bared and devastated it they would have eaten everything. God has taught these embodied spirits that they should not have large bodies, because the greatness of a creature is not in his enormous body. An idea is great, not when it is large in volume, but when it brings something great, enabling the development of all the creatures. The first man has been enormous. The people have been 15 meters high, before him there have been creatures even 25 meters high. The elder people have been 4 meters high. The occult science claims that once man has been 3540 meters high, and even he has reached 100 meters. But, of course, these tall people have been made of a bit different matter than the present people. Once, the people have been in air form. There is an age, when the animals have been 200 meters long and 100 meters high. Well, what will you say about that? "Olsa dinandar" even it is true, do not believe it! And in the occult science there are written things that man can hardly comprehend. It has been time when man has been even 30 meters high and 10 meters wide. Sometimes you wish a man 30 meters high to come. If God gives you a height of 30 meters at today's conditions and 10 meters width, it would be the greatest disaster. In life two perceptions exist: the first one is materialistic. According to it man goes on evolutionary way from low to high. The other is the one of the theologians and of some philosophers. According to them man goes on involution way from high to low. In the first case he ascends and in the second descends. These two theories are irreconcilable, therefore a third theory should come, according to which the development of man is not a single process: it does not go only in evolutionary, nor in involution way. On the same grounds, the creation of the world is not a single process, but a multiple process, this means continuous process. Ascending and descending, this means evolution and involution are also multiple processes, uninterrupted processes in which the sublime, the rational forces are taking part. Only the ration is able to ascend and descend. The uniform life, the uniform thoughts and feelings, that man has, make him neurasthenic. Since morning till evening we are in a small cell and we have nothing to deal with. The greatest variety for man is in his head. There are gathered more than 3 billion and 700 million of cells on the same place. These are creatures, living in a big city of the world. When you enter the head, there you will find so many savant creatures and in so varied fields of science. There everybody works. When an angel comes from the invisible world, he is not going to talk to the people; he will only push the radio and will talk from there. You say: "Someone has pushed my radio". That is what people call intuition, over consciousness, self consciousness. Let me now explain what simple consciousness is. Man with simple consciousness has impressions from the outer world only. This creature does not extinguish himself from personality. It moves in a very narrow circle. For him life is very ordinary. You have a creature with simple consciousness like the one of the ordinary people. He is more attached to the Earth. In this man feelings like sorrow and sufferings are born. And finally we have a man of self consciousness. He is a man of the present culture, the present man. We would like to correct the mistakes of our past. But we should know that we cannot correct the mistakes of our past in our consciousness. In order to correct the mistakes we have to pass to the cosmic consciousness or over consciousness or the consciousness through which God will influence us. This is the inner intuition in which something will come and will whisper silently: the path you are going on is not the right one! This we call repentance. What of will you repent? You will repent of the wrong understandings you have had about life. What more wrong understanding of that to wish to become rich? This means to put money in a bank and to insure you; to think about nothing. If your father loves you there is nothing to worry about. If we insure us in this way, namely by wealth, by money in the banks, we are never going to progress. As soon as Providence sends us to the Earth, we are already insured, but we have to learn. We are sent to the Earth to learn nothing more; the good people should learn. And then, under all the conditions we pass, we should learn, because our consciousness is permanently changing. Great future is awaiting man. Now he is in childhood, in an embryo state. He has to pass through a lot of phases in his development and will have an excellent form. His consciousness will develop, he will have memories from his living not only on the Earth, but he will live on Venus as well, on Mercury and even on the Sun. After he completes his evolution in the solar system he will go to Sirius and he will live for more than 250 milliard years, and from there he will go to a sun, around which will rotate all our suns around it will rotate about 100 million suns. He will go there to pay a visit, but will be met with wreaths. This will be the Kingdom of God. You will tell me a Bulgarian proverb: "Wait, horse, for green grass". But when a maid is getting married, is it not waiting for green grass? When a scientist is given a diploma, is it not waiting for green grass? What is his theory representing? This is what he has learned for 2030 years, which in a thousand years will be refuted. Modern science in a thousand years will be a toy. In a thousand years present science will be known even to the children. I say: there are certain things in man that are unknown. There are things that in this case are true. Thought is true, absolutely true. Present life will define what God has defined for your future. We will come to the Earth again and the Earth will not be the same as it is today. Our life then will not be the same as it is today. The future life will come. Now we are in the last phase of life - which is the Iron Age. Until now three ages have passed: the golden, the silver, the copper and now is the Iron Age. The future age I am talking about, the future new race will be the golden age that all of us should prepare for. Then will come all the great people, all the ancestors that have ever lived. I am not talking about the angels, but about the people that have ever lived. They will come with their knowledge, with their strength and they will put order and harmony. These people are an entity, they have ever lived on the Earth and they will now come again. There will be entertainment they will bring right.

Development When I observe the modern world I see that the world has never been as suitable for observation as it is now. Having in mind the past of the Earth, the past of the solar system, it is seen that there has never been more suitable moment for observation than now. The present people make great mistakes that they do not observe. They watch the small things. Small things should not be watched, but the activities of nature. That what nature has created is valuable. In our century people have reached the situation to learn. In the past centuries even before us, the people have not had these conditions, because from the invisible world have been coming large armies with their weapons to conquer the Earth. The evolution shows the way that the human soul has passed through. Initially it has had a microscopic form in which it has been living. It has had a very small hut that the soul has been pleased with, from it has watched the world and it has been happy; later it has had literature, it has had arts, it has drawn pictures. In nature these pictures exist. Now people think that these microscopic bodies have no culture, but they are deceived. From our point of view it is so, but each culture, from the lowest forms to the highest have and there are whole museums in nature. These creatures that have turned to precious stones and remained below, hidden under the earth, that became rich. They said: “We have to go out to the surface of the Earth”. And in fact, after time, they had gone out to the surface of the Earth, but they had turned to plants. To hide from the misfortunes in the world they have hidden their heads in the earth, and they have left their legs outside, up in the air. Plants are very rational creatures. In this situation they said: “What kick the fate has given us, we will return the same kick to it”. Therefore they have left their legs out to kick the fate. But they have realised that this work with kicking would not go. After time the plants have turned to fish, they have hidden into the water, but they have seen that in this way as well they cannot run away from fate. And in the water their life has become so impassable that they have looked for a way to get rid of the heavy conditions of their life. Therefore they have transformed to birds and have started flying in the air. After time they have seen that the work does not go in the air as well. Then they have descended to the earth and they have transformed to mammals, until finally they have transformed to people in the state we see them today. The plants have been irrational creatures that when they have descended from above they have known everything, but when they have descended to the Earth they have seen that they are the most stupid. Man has descended the last, but has become the most rational. Man has been a fool from the point of view of the plants, he has been lacking mind. But when the plants have descended, they have seen that man is wiser than them. Life in the minerals is not organised. In the minerals there is a state when matter compresses, prepares. In the plants there is movement, expansion. In this matter there is growth as well. While in the animals there is already organisation, but in man we can have thought. These are the stages of the human development. This means that there is a great law: if the forces, flowing in the minerals, in the plants, in the animal kingdom do not move correctly, and if the forces implied in man do not move correctly, he cannot have such understanding of life. When observing nature, we see that it has made millions of experiments, but it has not yet finished its work. It has not reached the finished form; it has not yet completed its tries. You say that man is the last word of nature. But it seems that it is not so. Which man is the last word this one, the present man? Present man does not look at all like the first man. Scientists have discovered sculls from the most distant past that show an apelike state of man. Monkeys have come after man has sinned. When God has created man, He has made an ideal image that people have gradually deviated from. The present people are almost kids. They should at first go back to their initial image. If you see a man whose mouth is very protruding, this shows that his animal home is strongly developed. The perpendicular of his face remains behind his mouth. If his forehead is lying back, it shows that there is something lacking in his mind. If his chin sunk in, it shows that his will is not strong. If the forehead, nose and chin are well developed, the person passes for clever. Nature has made thousands of tries for man. It has created the animals to see what body to create for man. When it has created all the bodies of the animals it has seen that all these bodies of the animals are not corresponding to man. From all the models it has created a special model, the present. One day a model of immortality should be created. You should pass through all the forms. The nine months, do you know how many years are they? I tell you that in this position, bended like that, man has stayed for 250 milliard years. Now this is a statement. We can now prove it. All the proofs will prove nothing to you. It has been necessary man to be silent. Those, who have created man, have adapted many forms, until finally they have reached this form that we have today. On this base the human embryo passes during the 9 months of its development through 400500 thousand forms. Through some of these forms it passes for half a second or a second and continues up. The soul, coming to incarnate to the Earth, passes from one form to another, stops for a while and permanently ascends, saying: “This is for me!” And man has not yet stopped; now he is on the middle of the road. Above him there are still a lot of heights that he has to climb at first. The world that he has reached is introduction to what will come. Man has passed through 400 thousand forms, until ha has come to its present development. Since his initial form have passed milliards years and this milliard life has now been shortened to 9 months, it could be even shortened to much less time only to 1 minute. The whole his development would be with intensity equal to 1 minute. The Divine life passes as well through these 400 thousand forms. Through all these forms passes the human embryo. Therefore the human embryo is the last form. Now we have come to the situation that nature has given us 400 thousand forms on which man can act. These are all ways in which man can act. For example, there are ways in which the plants act, there are ways in which fish act; there are ways in which the birds act; there are ways in which the mammals act. And finally there are ways in which various races act. Then there are ways in which the light, the water, the air and the solid soil act. Our mistakes, the mistakes that we make, are not due to us alone. There are 400 thousand forms, through which man passes; they are more, but there are 400 thousand not separated states through which man has passed and has become man. These 400 thousand forms contain all the present animals existing now and with all their contradictions. And with each form man has inherited features of the form he has lived in. We have certain ideas that are not ours. We have gathered a lot of archaic ideas. According to the theory of Darwin we have passed through 400 thousand forms of the animal kingdom. All these animal forms have left in us their qualities, their habits. Often in man a desire to swallow someone is born. This is the desire that fish have. This is an atavism from the time when we have passed through fish life. Sometimes in man appears desire to hang someone. This is the desire of the spider, to catch a fly and to hang it on its web. Sometimes in man appears the desire to catch someone, to cover him and to break his bones. This is the desire of the lion, the tiger and the leopard. Man has not passed only through the human form. Man has lived in the form of a creature with two horns on the head and a tail. In general, man has passed through various forms. He has passed through a lot of dwellings. You will say has man really passed through the form of the animals? No, he has lived in the houses of the various animals. These houses he has built himself. He has lived in small microscopic houses and after he has become rich, he has been telling to his servants: “I leave this house for you, and I am going to a bigger house”. And then, smaller than him creatures enter in his hut. When he has passed through the entire animal kingdom, man has left inhabitants to the smaller houses, because he has built a bigger and better house. And in this house he does not think to stay for a long time. When he has become rich, he does not know now, of marble to build a house or of another material. You have lived in the form of a wolf and you have inherited the good and the bad features of the wolf; you have lived in the form of a frog, of a tiger, of a spider and you have inherited the art of the spider to spin thin threads and with its industry you have learned to catch the flies and to suck their blood. I ask: after you have passed through these 400 thousand forms, one day in your life prevails a feature of the wolf and you wonder how it has come. The wolf says: “I will suck the blood!” I say: this man remembers the form, when he has been a bear then he has been sucking the blood of an ox. The bear, when it catches an ox, makes an abscess and sucks the blood. This ox for 45 days cannot come to itself. You want to understand what man is. In man all these things of the Being are making sense. In man live the gods as well. You, when browsing the Greek mythology, see, that all the gods, greatness, angels, archangels have distended, have taken human form and have come to try the sweetness that man tries. All of them have manifested in a human form. Behind the human form we do not know what other form exists. You will say: angel’s form. The angel’s form is more perfect than the human form. You will say: the Divine form. The Divine form is the most perfect, the most rational human form. If a painter would draw something Divine, something angels’, he would always draw something human. Therefore man is a form in which you can reach the yearnings that the human soul has. The form, in which man can reach something, is only the human form. In the animal form you cannot reach anything, because this animal form is included in the human form. The plant form is included in the human form; all the other forms existing in the world are included in the human form. What does this mean? Man is the last word of nature. This means that man is the last word in nature in the sense of the last completed work of nature. In the totality of this creative activity is not only man, inhabiting the Earth, but as well man, inhabiting the entire universe. He is not only here on the Earth. There are people there. But if you say today, that there are people in the other worlds, they can tell you a heretic. In order to come to this state for how many thousands of years have you been working? This form that man has now, in order to acquire it, the occult science says that have passed 18 million of years. In the future some 18 millions of years more will pass and this form will be completely changed. It is common for all the rational creatures that are working. It is a collective work. Each man has passed through the forms of the microbes, the plants, the animals, until finally he has come to the human form. Therefore all these forms are inside him. It is enough for him to concentrate in order to follow inside him the development of all the living forms in nature, starting from the smallest and finishing with the greatest. In this aspect it is not necessary for man to study these forms outside. Fish did not know how to live and therefore their life in the sea became unbearable, part of them, the more advanced, flied out of the water and became birds. Great sufferings made them make feathers and become birds. The birds, because of the great chasing and sufferings and persecutions in the air, were forced to become horses, to run and thus to save themselves from their enemies. And the horses, after kicking and suffering, finally became people. The scientists say that everything happens in an evolutionary way. The evolution goes in a violent way. In order to evolve, man has to use great violence. Violence is a creative act in nature. Nature creates in this way. The Earth once has not been in the state it is today. Millions of years ago the people have not been as they are today. Presume that once man has lived like fish in the water. The same man now lives the air. Man will live in the ether as well. What would life be then? This means that when man has left the water, the water has been environment, has been limitation to him. The water has become condition for the human progress then the air has become human environment. When the ether becomes environment for man and the air condition, the life of man will become much better. When passes from one environment to another man develops, progresses. When he enters in a thinner environment the conditions of his life improve. When we are in a heavily state, this shows that the environment we are living in is not in harmony and we have to get out of this environment. Now I will ask you: why the animals go in parallel to the earth, why the head of the plants is in the earth and the people go with their heads in the air? Why the head that is so heavy stays up? If you look at the head of man with the eye of a clairvoyant, you will see, that in the spiritual world it is in permanent movement, it rotates as the pendulum rotates in a circle. Until the head turns, man lives. As soon as it stops, he falls on the earth. Therefore in the spiritual world man is an eternally rotating circle. On the movement of this circle depends his proper life; if the circle stops moving, the life of man stops. This means that man is nothing else, but a turning circle. A plan exists in nature that all the other plans coordinate with. А ————————— В. Let us take a line; it can represent a plain of the invisible world. On the plain how many perpendicular lines can we draw? This is concerning the physical world. What is the relation between man and the centre where life comes from? Is this a perpendicular? What is the line of movement of the forces functioning in man? I see that man thanks to the solar energy coming from the Sun has risen. Then we can say that between the centre of the Earth and the centre of the Sun there is certain relation. The heaviness that has earlier been at the back of the brain has moved to the front part of the brain. The brain has become at front in the area of the forehead heavier than in the back part. Philosophically we can discuss what the reasons have been that have made man stand on his legs. According to the theory of Darwin, which have been the conditions under which man has raised and stood? There are some practical considerations. Man has found it more practical to rise up, to stand on both his legs, rather than walking on four legs. There are two strong currents in nature: one is from the east to the west, the other current is from the north to the south. At the present conditions the north current has become stronger. And therefore man has been forced to stand on his legs. Thus he has gone out of the area of the animals. The animals walk horizontally; the earth axis has been parallel with the orbit of the Earth. And when the plants have been created the North Pole has not been there, where it is now. It has been just at the opposite side. And when man has been created, the axis has changed. Therefore we have changed as well. When the axis of the Earth has not been like todays’, the plants have been created. When the axis has been horizontal, the animals have been created; when the axis has been perpendicular to its orbit, man has been created. Man differs to the other creatures by his ability to think. He differs to the animals in something else as well: he has the ability to accept the Divine energies, the energies of the rational nature and use them correctly. The plants take the necessary for their life energies from the earth, this means from down; the animals get them from the surface of the Earth and man stands on his legs; he is in position perpendicular to the Earth. When we imagine the earth axis as a perpendicular, man is at a distance from the plants and from the animals equal to an angle from 90 to 180 degrees. You do not know what this distance is. For those, who understand the size of the earth degree, 90 degrees represent an enormous size. What does man differ in? He differs in walking straight. Plants are with their heads down, the animals walk horizontally and man walks perpendicularly. Plants are materialists. The animals live for themselves. The Animal, the human and the Divine in people are so inwrought that form the entire man. Human race has been going in direction different to that of the animals. Creation has been going in two aspects: all these creatures that the Providence has defined that would stay in their evolution are said to be abandoned by God. But the others, moving forward in their development, for them is said that God has taken care of them. Each thing, abandoned by God, is subject of stay, is deprived of development. But the others, created and cared by God, are subject to development. For the first is said, that God has said to be, to be given conditions to live, and for man is said, that God has taken part in his creation and has made him with these same abilities, put in Him. And because man has been the last to come to the Earth in his being, God has wanted to make man young, to love life, to be useful to the animals; therefore God has taken from the essence of the animals and has put it in the human essence. For this reason man even today bears like necessity inside him the animal and the human essence. At the same time he fights in two directions, with two difficulties with a strive to go up, to God, to fulfill God’s will; on the other side he fights with opposing forces of the whole animal kingdom and thinks only about the Earth. One day, when he starts thinking like the animals only, he will become similar to them and another creature will come to replace him. Which is the essential reason for which man has got up at two legs? The centre of heaviness in the animals is at the back side of the head and as a result of this the animals go on four legs and their spinal column is in parallel with the diameter of the Earth. But in man the centre of heaviness is in the front part of the head and as a result of this he walks straight, on two legs. The straightening of man is in connection with the perpendicular movement of those forces, coming from the centre of the Earth to the centre of the Sun. As soon as man has entered in harmony with these forces he has straightened on two legs. But the animals that could not come in harmony with these forces of nature even today have remained in the state we find them walking on four legs. Man has walked a path of 180 degrees, to straighten on his two legs. To walk a path of one degree only 25 thousand years are required. Multiply180 degrees by 25 thousand years to see how many years this makes. These are mathematical calculations only. Human face has once been at the back, but now it has come at front. These are entertainments. Even in science there are such entertainments. These are scientific data. These data are useful, thus man learns to think. This is a complicated question. When I say that human face has moved from the back in front, you cannot imagine this. It has been time when the face of man has been at the back. And now the progress of man is in his face, being at front. They say double-faced man. Why? It is because he has been with two faces. The first face has been at the back, when he has been an animal. Then he has turned to 180 degrees and now it is in front. This means that the two faces have been in parallel. The first face has been agglutinated to the spinal column, but now it is in parallel with the spinal column. Man is as good as his face is in parallel with his spinal column. Each deviation of the face from the spinal column is bad. Now man has a position perpendicular to the surface he has walked on. The immorality of people many times comes from the spinal column. Straighten the spinal column of man and his deeds would be proper. As soon as his spinal column starts bending his deeds and thoughts become distorted as well. The shoulders of man should be horizontal. His neck and throat should be perpendicular to his shoulders. If one of the shoulders, no matter whether left or right, is higher and the neck is not perpendicular to the shoulders, there is something limping. Then the nose should be perpendicular to the forehead. It is not perpendicular now. In the future this will happen with some changes that have not yet happened. Man is not perfect. Sometimes there is certain correctness in the body, in its construction, but the face is still not correct. There are only a few people, having correct forehead. Growing and development are two necessary processes in the evolution of life. When the sublime creatures have been creating the world, they have started with the lower creatures and gradually have gone to the high creatures. They have used the matter of all living creatures to create the high creatures. For example, they have used part of the matter of fish to create the birds. Exactly these fish have transformed to birds. Then they used part of the matter of the birds to create the mammals. Part of their matter has been used for creation of man. The work of the sublime creatures continues after the creation of man. They use part of the human matter to create higher life than the human life. Who understands this law knows that he has not come to the Earth for pleasure, but to work, to process his matter that one day he will give to serve the higher creatures. The conscious, the working man only can pass to a higher phase of development. Thus has been with all the animals under man. Only these fish being ready to work in favour of all the living creatures have left the water. The same could be said for the birds as well and for the mammals also. Therefore all the living creatures that only work for themselves, for their good, even today are in the same state as they have initially been. People, working for them only, will remain in the state that they are today. If they work consciously for God, they will pass to the world of savants that deal with light. Man has been a horse. To the horse man differs in his evolution. The human evolution goes to the east and that of the horse to the west. Now I will give you the arguments why. Notice, the back legs have been put in front, they are the human arms. The arms of man contract like the back legs of the horse. How the front legs of the horse contract, so contract the human legs. This means that the head of man has come to the tail of the horse. In the animals the thought is connected to their tails at the back. The animal should move its tail, to excite the back of the brain. If we look at the head of the animals and how their rising has been going, we will see that in some of the animals it has been agglutinated with the backbone, it has gradually raised, then in the frogs it has reached 45 degrees, then in the elephant it has raised to 90 degrees, and the raise of the human face has become at 180 degrees. The face of man has come to being in parallel with the spinal column, while in the snake the face is agglutinated with the spinal column and there is no angle at all. Then in the other animals has developed that face, but in man the face has come to being in parallel with the spinal column. 180 degrees man has passed from back to forth. What in the animals is in front, in man has become at the back. The descending of the animals, we call this process involution. The ascent of man we call evolution. Man has become man in compliance with the law of evolution. Let in you remain the particular thought that the only real thing in the world that we know is us. Outside us we do not know anything else. Sometimes you talk about an angel, but after all you will give him human image. If we were living in the times of the Egyptians, you would have given to this angel the image of an Apis, or bull, or ox, or lion, or eagle, etc. Some give the following images to the cherubs: one has been looking like a man, the other like a lion, the third like an eagle, and the fourth like a bull. And this is despite of the fact that the cherubs have wings. This is all that we know. It represents all the stages that we have passed through. The sense of the evolution is that the Divine Spirit works in all the natural kingdoms: mineral, plant, animal and human. The sense of the evolution is to create higher and higher forms through which the Divine Spirit and the great talents of the Monad to appear in a perfect way. The Divine Spirit in the mineral appears in less degree, in the plant and animal form in higher degree, and in the human form in even greater degree, while in the angels’ form even better, etc. In this exactly is the sense of the evolution. The evolution is the main law of the Being. Only the factors of the evolution are different, not like the mechanical biology thinks. There are the so called psychological factors of the evolution. The outer conditions influence, but the way in which the body reacts to the outer conditions is psychological. The subconsciousness works in the tissues. One side it is guided by the monad of the body itself, on the other side by the advanced creatures. The only creature, whose evolution has not yet been stopped, is man. All the other living creatures, the animals, are stopped in their evolution, in their growth, they have remained back. Minerals, plants and animals are going down, but we are going up. They have learned knowledge on the way of involution. What does this mean that they are going on the way of? The Self, the Divine Monada, working on the minerals, plants and animals is still in the invisible world and gradually descends down. In the mineral kingdom, The Self, the Divine Monada is still far away from the physical world, and therefore there it has the weakest level of consciousness, the so called subconsciousness. In the plant kingdom The Self, the Divine Monada has already descended down closer to the material world and therefore the plants have higher level of subconsciousness. In the animal kingdom The Self, the Divine Monada is closer to the material world and therefore the animals have already consciousness. In man The Self, the Divine Monada is manifested in the physical world and therefore he realizes like the Self there is selfconsciousness. Of all four natural kingdoms only man for the first time has selfconsciousness. All the plants, as well as all the animals are going down, but we are going up. They go on the way of involution, but we on the way of evolution. They have learned their knowledge on the way of involution. Their Self, their Divine Monada is still in the invisible world and gradually descends down. This will long for millions of years. But the human Self has already descended on the Earth. Therefore man has selfconsciousness and in the other natural kingdoms they do not have. They have lower level of consciousness. When we come to that field where that knowledge is, that the animals and the plants have the subconsciousness, we will learn it on the way of evolution with our selfconsciousness. And in the human kingdom descending in the thicker matter continues to a certain level. Till now the process is involutionary. Since Christ starts the evolution, this means the going up. Coming of Christ is an important moment in the history of mankind. Christ has brought that power, by which becomes possible the turn, the turning point of the involutionary process into evolutionary. Man should necessarily be born, but once born, he should breathe. Breathing gives the start of life. This means that in the womb of his mother, his mother feeds him. He does not breathe, his mother breathes. His mother lives and when he goes out of his mother, she gives him the first freedom to live. Therefore we are now in the age of living and breathing. But out of this situation we should find the right exit, the way out of the past; out of this situation of the embryo we should look for a way out in growing. But we have seen that the question could not be resolved by entering the way of growing. In the plants desire to go out of this situation has been born, but because of the limitations they have entered in the situation of fish, that entered in the situation of the birds, the birds entered in the situation of the mammals, the mammals in the situation of man and man now wants to get free therefore he should create a higher form of life. Whether he will create it or not, but in each there is an inner strive to pass from one form to another. If you cannot change your form with a higher, you have not resolved the question. If not, you will remain at the same limiting conditions and no one can help you. From the tries that nature has made, it has seen that the strength and the greatness of man are not in the enormous form. It is rational, it thinks well about the things. It has created fish and then it has said: with fish the world cannot be fixed. Then it has created the birds, but it has said the same to them as well. Finally it has created man. And about man it has said: and with him the work will not be done. Now nature has started with creation of something new. The new for fish are the birds, for the birds the new is horse, the new for the horse is man. What is the new for man? This you should find out, this is something unknown. I give you a mathematical task with one unknown that you should resolve alone. In his development man has neither enlarged in form, nor in difficulty. If we stretch human cells or the matter his body is made of, on a surface, we will see that it will take larger space than if we stretch in the same way the biggest mammoth. Human matter is fine and stretchable. In this sense, in form, man is the biggest animal on the Earth. On the outside he is a small tailed star, but in the ideal world he is enormous. His ideas go to the Sun, to the stars. What about could think a mammoth? First of all its form is not so big, and his thought reaches about 23 km, the most 10 kilometres. But man, with this enormous space of his mind and with the great enlargement of his heart, he could enter in contact with all the people. Since a thousand years modern man has passed to a higher phase of understanding. The development of man is based on the development of his sensibility. And the people today differ in that that they suffer more than they have suffered before. This is the only difference. Because the one who suffers, could learn, but the one who is not able to suffer, he cannot learn. Because of the new life the people stand in new relations. The sensibility of modern people has developed. Culture is in the increase of human sensibility. If we measure the sensibility of people, we will find out that since 2 thousand years the human sensibility has increased. In this sensitivity sits the goodness of man. The more sensible man is the greater the possibilities to make good are. Because if you cannot compare two states, what sensibility do you have? The first war, the first descending of creatures to the Earth has been called involution, and now the ascent although slow, is evolution. These are two foreign words that should be defined exactly. Some scientists have exactly defined what evolution is and what involution. Involution represents descending from great to small and evolution is ascending from small to great. These are simple words, but in order to understand this way from small to great and from great to small, man should make a whole circle. I give you one, one formulae. “One”-means the positive principle, the principle that moves the world. “Two” means that, what processes things. “Three” is the result, these are the deeds. At first the numbers go from left to right. The positive principle goes from left to right. In the second situation the principle goes from up to down and the third process from right to left. The first, from left to right, what is it? This process from up to down is involutionary. There is descending in thicker matter, you use greater force. In this process, from left to right, you enter in rarer matter. This way things will arrange. The white race, the Aryan race, they write from left to right. The Semites write from right to left, the Chinese from up down. Therefore the works of the Chinese are perplexed. The eastern peoples, the Semites, the Chinese go from easy work to more difficult. The Jews go like the Semites. From left to right is natural. You have already descended in the first way. We say: man is a genial creature. Even stronger word is required. According to me man is expression of the entire cosmos. He is the final deed of nature. He is one of the greatest results nature has reached. This means that everything going on in the cosmos reflects inside in man, in the meaning of “for” and “against”. The contradictions that sometimes exist on the Earth show the good sides, existing in nature. Evil, which shows, is not always evil. But good as well, showing in man is not always good; if we take the good that is related to us on the Earth. Someone says: “Can I be an angel?” You will be. Eighteen millions yeas people live on the Earth and still their work is not finished, the human body has not been built as it should be. The people now in their development are only 10 years old. Until they reach 20 years the same time is required and one year more to become mature. Someone asks me: “What will be in the other world?” When he goes to the other world, he would be unintelligible, something out of time and space. One dot is without space. This dot, when projected on the Earth, becomes spatial, spaceless becomes spatial, becomes straight line. We want to live a right life and right life is the most difficult. Living in a straight light is inherent to God only. We should have a clear vision of the physical world. We have to learn it first. The entire material universe represents something similar to our Earth. It has its axis, it has north and south poles; it has east and west. What happens on the Earth happens in the material universe as well. What happens in the entire universe happens on the Earth as well. Therefore when we are talking about the Earth, about earth life, we mean the future after millions of years, because man is not going to live on the Earth only. For thousands and millions years man will travel from world to world, from earth to earth, from solar system to another solar system and will learn. Now he has been like a small child in the first grades. He says: “What will be in the future?” He imagines Heaven what it is not. Until he comes to live in Heaven a lot of time will pass. He has to complete his excursion to all the material worlds and only then he will pry into the Divine world and will be ready to understand. You should know that from a single seed have come all the apples and when their evolution completes, they will gather again in the same seed. One whole people are represented by a single man, developed in his entire form on the Earth. And the entire mankind, we could say, as well is presented by a single great man, developed in his entire form. And if we take the angels, they represent man in his heist form. Finally, if we take God, everything comes from Him. The entire universe is nothing else, but God, Who manifests. It represents the development of God. It is because God Himself is developing as well.

Earth Man If in a certain home boys prevail, pride will appear. The same is noticed in nature as well. The same is noticed in the creation of the world as well. God has at first created a male child, Adam. The second child that God has created has been Eva the female child. Adam has been the first son of God and then He has created Eva. So Adam has been created by God and Eva as well has been created by God. God has created Adam of red dust, but He has taken this dust from the animals. They have created; they have made the red dust. God has created Adam of the finest dust that the animals have made and the God has created Eva of the finest matter of Adam. He has taken out of him two ribs and has created Eva. Now man has 12 ribs, and of the 13th God has made Eva. According to the Scripture the misfortunes of man are due to the fact that she has been created by a single rib. No, the ribs that God has created the woman of have been double. Then Adam has had in total 13 ribs, six ribs on the one side, but seven on the other side. There has been a dissension in him. To free Adam of this dissension God has taken out the seventh rib on the one side and thus God has taken out the dissension out of Adam so that he can easily manage with it. Therefore the number 13 is the prevailing influence of the masculine principle. That this is so is seen from the fact that Eva has been seduced by the second principle. When in the paradise has entered a young man, a cavalier like Adam, Eva has fallen in love with him. There is the sin. The sin has been born with the prevailing influence of the masculine principle. This is seen from the fact that after Adam and Eva have got married they have had to go out of paradise and have given birth to two masculine children. They have not had sons and daughters, but have given birth to two buys only and with it have given advantage to the masculine principle and in this way have distorted things and impeded the human. This is due to a grandiose idea of the first man to be like God. This means that the first people have had no trust to what God has given to them, but they have wanted to be like Him. They have become on the outside like God, but since they have gone out of the paradise they have created the present world. So todays’ world has been made by the first people. Each man on the Earth is only a piece of work of a sculptor, but the real man you have not seen yet to know him. You say: we have seen him. What you have seen is still not the man. You say that in the Bible it is written that God has created man in His image and similarity. What God has created he has not created it on the Earth, but somewhere up there. Man is a Stranger from somewhere. These, the made people, you have made them. And now you want on these, made by you only people, to put a Divine inscription and to tell that God has created them. No, man by man has been created. You will say that man has soul. This is another question. Do not talk to me about soul! The soul cannot live on the Earth, it has not come to the Earth; it has not been born on the Earth. Soul is from completely different world. It belongs to another world. All of you, who have gone out of paradise, are made by the method of Adam. Now you want happiness from a fruit that is pure human. This fruit is Adam’s fruit. There could be no happiness in it; there could be no perfection in it; there could be no bliss! This is a school that we have to go out of at first. Now from the woman should be taken out a rib and should be put at its place. In addition there should be put one more, so that instead of 12 the ribs to become 14. You look at this question from your point of view, but I give you an explanation. Now I am telling you, that you should go out of this order of things, but I am not telling you that you should leave life. You should come to the same state, where I have come. The young does not understand the situation of the old, but he has to come to the same situation to understand it. The ignorant does not understand the position of the learned, but he has to come to the same position to understand it. If the strong does not comply with the laws, he would descend to the position of the weak. If the learned does not obey to the laws he as well would descend to the position of the ignorant. So for man there is ascend, but there is descend as well. Someone says: “I do not want to go ahead”. If you do not want to go ahead you will go back. “Something bad is awaiting me.” At the back something sinister is awaiting you. Ahead something bad is awaiting you, but if you go back something sinister is awaiting you. There are difficulties ahead, but it is preferable to go ahead with the difficulties rather than going back with the difficulties. Todays’ order has been implied to you not by your will. Eva has been a child of Adam when he has been giving lessons to her in the paradise. In the paradise she has been living like a king’s daughter, she has been going for walks in the garden. But after the lapse of virtue, after the going out of paradise, Adam has become yellow. Initially he has not been such as the scientists consider him. In fact, the scientists say one thing about Adam, the religious another. Out of Adam has originated the black race, out of him has originated the yellow race, after that the red race and finally the white race. In the future out of Adam will originate and the sixth lightening race. And then Adam will come back to his initial situation, when he has been the first man. He will appear in his knowledge. Initially when man has been created in the so-called “golden age” of mankind, is said, that God has created him in image and similarity. This means that in this golden age of mankind God has created the first Adam, who has descended to the Earth. The second Adam, who has descended to the Earth, to the physical world, is made of the materials of this world and in him God has breathed the breath of life. He represents the masculine principle. Man has passed through three forms: the first has been created in image and similarity to God, the second has been made of dust, and the third Eva, out of the rib of Adam. When they have sinned, God has expelled them from the paradise; because they have fallen at bad conditions, they have been dressed in leather clothes. Today’s man dressed in the leather of a beast says that he has been created in image and similarity to God. This is a deception. In order to come to the initial man, today’s man should transform twice. It is said that all the people have been created by God, God has made them. What do they differ from each other? Are all the people created by God only? Today’s people, have they all been created by God? Initially the people have been created by God, but today’s people have been created by the people. In the Scripture it is said: “I will send my Spirit”. Yet God should send His Spirit to these people that the people have created, to make them Divine. They should still become Divine. You will enter into contradiction with what you have known up to now. You have known until now that you are Divine. If you are Divine you should act as God acts. This is an inner process. In order to know if I act well I should go to the spiritual world and I should see how God acts. We say: “How great God has created the world! What glory has God put in man! ” Where is the glory of the human face? I see only a darkened face, whitened mouth, cloudy eyes. Where is the glory of man? It is only at that moment when you are in a tribulation, but you do not hesitate despite of all the difficulties inside you happens something indubitable. This is the real man. Not all the flowers that have blossomed and not all the fruits that have produced fruit, but the fruit that ripens and remains, it is the important. There could be thousands of fruits, but only a few remain. They are the most important. You say: “Man is Divine”. Have you seen this man? If they think like you, even the animals could think that the Divine is in them. Do not be deceived - today’s man could not be compared to the Divine. There is no weaker creature on the earth than man. And in the Scripture it is said that that all the power of man stays somewhere in the nose. There is a place on the spinal column somewhere around the neck, where, if you pin the man with a needle he will die immediately. And the greatest hero, if you pin him at that place, he will die immediately. Do not think that man is a big hero. As the human body is constructed, staying on two legs, it is not very stable. The smallest waste of balance and he could fall down on the earth. How many times a day man can climb and fall down on the earth? In order not to fall down, man should think. While he thinks, man cannot fall down. As soon as he stops thinking, he immediately falls down on the earth. Man falls here and there until finally comes to certain stability. The future shape of man will not be like his today’s shape, he will be a sphere. When you enter in the spiritual world you will not see the people in the shape they have today. They will be spheres, big and small, out of which light will be going. Each sphere will move like the Earth. These spheres will light like big electric balls. When an angels descends to the Earth he as well is projected in the same shape like man, but in the sky he is a sphere. Like a sphere, no matter where he turns to, he cannot fall. But as a man his shape is not balanced. A sphere cannot fall down and break. It only rotates, touches the earth and then lifts up. It is in complete safety. You can never take possession of a sphere; you can never be a master of the sphere. And human mind is sphere shaped. What cannot be conquered is human mind. The feelings of man are not sphere shaped, they are flat and his body is long. Only the head is somewhat sphere shaped similar to the mind. Because the feelings are flat we have breasts. What are the feelings of man such are his breasts. All the things that have gone out of the Earth go in the Earth and these, going to the Sun have descended from the Sun. Sometimes they ask me: “What will happen with us?” I say: some will go back in the Earth, others will go to the Sun. Who has come from the Earth will go to the Earth, who has come from the Sun will go to the Sun; who has come from the other world will go to the other world, who is from this world will remain here. This is a whole science. There are people from this world, there are people from the other world. When God has created the devil, he has gone out of the Heaven and has created a world. According to a bogomil legend it is said that today’s man has been made by the devil. No! But God has created a man and the devil has created another man. And according to this legend there are two types of men in the world. God has created one type of men and the devil, he has made another man like the one that God has made, who has been moving like the Divined people, who had everything, but soul. So the devil has gone to, has asked God to give some soul to his people. So, there has been a sort of collaboration. And God has given soul. And then he has said so: what these people earn, half of it will be for the devil and half of it will be for God. There are people, created by God the devil has nothing there and there are people, half made by God and half by the devil. When God has created him of dust, man has been in a state of undeveloped consciousness and when God has breathed in his nostrils the breath of life, man has become a living soul, which means that he has shown his mind, rationality and intelligence, with which he could recognise the various states and changes in manifestations of the human spirit. This means that man has become alive, when he has acquired rationality, and with it he has immediately started to differ to the animals in mind, in consciousness and by action of his will. Then he has started his new culture gardening, by growing fruit plants; that is exactly what man has learned in paradise. After he has gone out of the paradise he has learned farming, wood cutting, stone breaking and building houses. In this state he has come to the last limit, he has tried all the situations in life, he has walked over a small lake in this small world on the Earth, in which he has lived he has walked over all the places, he has eaten and he has drunk everything in this lake, and when there has been nothing else to feed with, he has been exposed to the modern hunger, which is identified with the appearance of the disease neurasthenia: it is nothing else, but spiritual hunger. In the various states of this disease man lacks all these elements, in which proper life can show. This is the change that has happened to man as species. Modern people have surface concepts about father and mother, about brother and sister, about master and servant, about state and law. The notions of most people are like these of the primitive man or of the fallen people. Today’s race has mostly been created of fallen people. When you read the sacred books you will understand how this race has been created. Initially, at the creation of the world, has existed race, called “race of the Sons of God”. Simultaneously with it the animal race has existed. Subsequently both races have mixed and the present race has been created of the fallen mankind. Now they say that man has not come from the animals. At first man has gone out of the invisible world and the animals have gone out of him. When man has descended to the Earth, the animals have gone out of him; then man has gone out of the animals. Man has created the lower creatures, after that he has passed through the lower creatures. He has come out of the lower. From the small the big appeared. A story says that under the earth, at a distance of about 2 thousand kilometres away, live people with culture, similar to ours. Man has been created in number 6. According to the Jewish calculation man has been created on the sixth day Friday, and according to Christianity the sixth day is Saturday. Unhappy is the sixth day. And to this man, created on the sixth day, has been said that he would be a master of how many things? According to the Bible could you cite of how many things he will become master? (“Of fish, of animals and of birds.”) Man has been created on the sixth day to become master of his desires. This Adam has been created, Adam of desires. No, the mental principle is not the man that thinks. Adam should have been recreated. In the Bible there are two sources from where they have drawn. Adam has been twice created once in image and similarity masculine and feminine principle. A second Adam has been created of dust and then to this Adam breath has been breathed desire has been given in it. Moses says that the Earth has been created on the fourth day. This means that on the fourth day has appeared desire in the Earth to move. The Earth has believed in God earlier than man. Why? It is because man has been created on the sixth day. Only then the consciousness in man has awakened that he should move to a great centre God and around this centre. This means that man has been created on the sixth day. The second situation is he realises, that he should turn around himself, to rotate around his axis. Thus he acquires yet another consciousness. The first movement of man is the movement around the great centre of life, the second movement is the movement around his axis, around himself this is a relational movement. When moving around its axis, the Earth exposes all its parts to the Sun, to be heated in the same way, to acquire in the same way the solar energy. Many people now do not understand this deep faith and think that with their beliefs they would go farther. They do not understand how to believe and in what to believe. A simple faith does not bring anything. There is a faith that does not break the sun beams, it manifests as a powerful force that at the same time flexes man so that makes him move in all directions to be heated by the Sun on all sides and thus gives the opportunity to all the living creatures to develop. You have not asked yourself the question what man is when he leaves that hut he is living in now. Out of his body what image has man, what does he represent? You see a child. You say: “A child.” But he is an old man hidden in the child. It could be that in some of his existence he has been with a long beard, a rabbi or a patriarch, or might be a king, prince or pauper. He, the man, he is neither male, nor female; he is neither master, nor prince, these are services. When an actor plays on the scene a king’s role, he does not at all manifest that he is a king, when playing the role of a philosopher, he is not at all a philosopher; he does not understand much in philosophy. When playing the role of a prominent judge, jurist resolving the problems in the right way, he is not at all jurist. Or when playing the role of a father and of a mother, he could play many roles. Man is a creature without any measurement. He does not take any place inside the body. He lives in the body, but has no measurement. He says: “Tell me, what man is”. No, he is not a spacious thing, he does not take space. He has no measures, but he is moving. And is moving in a straight line, and on a surface, and moves perpendicularly, and in the fourth measurement, he is moving everywhere, but is a creature out of measurement. Someone will sayНя¬кой ще ка¬же: “How this could be?” For me it is a simple thing. This is how I explain it: if a potter, who is supposed to make a pot, is a pot himself? If a painter, who can draw a picture, should be paper and paints? This painter is out of the paints, he is out of the paper; he draws whatever he wishes to. Therefore man is out of all measurements. He is a painter, drawing in the measurements. But he himself is out of the measurements. Who does not understand, he says: “How could he be out of measurements?” Like the painter could be out of the picture he puts on it only his idea. It, the idea, could not be put in the picture. It is only supposition. From the point of view of the other world the human bodies are like houses. The inhabitants of the other world, when looking from there, for them the human bodies are immovable. For them the human body has various rooms it is with bathrooms, with guest rooms. And when the inhabitants of the other world come here and they visit your house, they tell you: “Your houses are well furnished, there are rugs covering, there are cars, there are even airplanes inside”. These are the human thoughts and feelings. They are the airplanes. You on the Earth think that this body is alive. But for them it is as alive as the cars are alive. When you sit in a car, is it alive for you? It is moving, it is singing, creeping, making noise that you will hear it from half a kilometre. But is he singing? It is the one who is driving inside. Your car makes noise but it does not realise that it makes noise. When you enter the other world you will find such similarity between your body and your cars. And the essence will enter inside you. And you will realise what your heart and your mind are. We are talking about the mind, the heart, the will, the soul and the spirit of man, but where actually the man is? You will say that man is inside his body. If man is inside his body, his body should always be briskly, it should never fail, but we see that it fails. If man is inside his eyes, they should never close, but we see that they close. If man is inside his ears, they should never become deaf, but we see that sometimes they become deaf. If man lives in his brain, the brain should never stop the process of thinking, but we see cases when the brain of man is paralysed and he is unable to think. This means that in the human body there is no defined place, where we can point out that here or there man lives. But man manifests through his body. Each place, where man manifests, we call “the essence of rational life”. Who knows this place he has acquired the law of immortality. The strength of man is in his inner unity, in his inside oneness that he has reached. This place is unreachable. Anyone who has acquired inner unity inside him distinguishes with deep inner peace, with great balance. No inside changes are in position to shatter the peace and the balance of this man. Today everyone is susceptible to external changes: you meat a cheerful man, well disposed, but in a few hours his disposal disappears; you meet another man healthy, brisk, and in a couple of hours you see him careworn, ill. With these changes in the human condition can not be unity in thought, nor feeling, nor in his actions. Until he is healthy, he thinks about one thing, when he gets ill he thinks about something else. When he loves, he thinks to make one thing, when he hates, he thinks to make another thing. Where is man? Where there is love and hatred, there the real, rational life does not manifest. There is activity there, there is manifestation of human life, but the sense of life is not in the contrasts. You say: “I love this man”. What exactly do you love in him? “The mind.” Where is the mind of man? It is the same as they ask you which is the most valuable in the Bible. One will point out certain places in the Bible; another will point out other places, etc. But the important is to say which place in it represents the uniting, the unity. The uniting, the unity is outside the Bible, it is not inside it. People are unfinished pictures, so do not give your opinion about them. Do not give your opinion about people, because they are unfinished work of God. There is a project they to become in image and similarity, but these people have not yet become in image and similarity. We, the people, we are not finished pictures yet. We are not finished pictures of God. You look at a sculptor, who has just made the first features. Or an artist drawing, who has put some lines, but has still a lot to do, to put shadows on the face, then to give image to the eyes, to situate the brows above the nose, to put the mouth, to give an expression. I say: do not give opinion about a picture, which is still not finished. Do not give your opinion about you as well. Stick to the idea that one day That, Who is working on you, will bring one of the most excellent pictures, you have ever seen. When we go to Heaven this will be the happiness. With each going to Heaven we will look at us and see that we have not yet been finished, that we should go back to the Earth. One day, when the picture will be finished, we will not return to the Earth; when the picture will be finished we will go up. Until then, until the picture is finished, we should descend to acquire image. When it is finished we will remain in the other world to live and to be glad with the picture we have been made after. The savants say that the world has been created in a whirlpool; the people have been born in the whirlpool, because man has not yet been created. The outer man is not yet formed. They say: God has created man in His image and similarity. Not the inner man, the outer man is still turning it. If you wish, I can present this to you as if God is a potter, who has the device to turning the pot and he is forming it. Put your hand, turn the wheel. God is still keeping man on the fire, He is still baking him. Who does not understand, says: “God is baking me”. You should be happy that God is baking you, because if He is not baking you, nothing will happen. The baked bread is the one that has value, not the beaten. Man now is only beaten. Now, if Adam has not sinned, would Christ do this good? That, what Adam could not do, Christ did it. God has left Adam living alone like a monk in the paradise. He has said: “I do not see any sense. Everybody here has a girlfriend, but me. What sense life has?” Why does he need a girlfriend? He has needed her to deal with God. He says: “It is high work. He wanted to have a girlfriend.” I do not think so. In my mind this idea is not the idea that you deal with. According to me people that love each other they never touch each other. The Sun, until it is 92 miles away from the Earth, the Earth is well. But if the Earth wants to come and embrace it, caress that Sun, nothing will remain of the Earth, it will melt. And from all the people nothing will remain. At present conditions the Sun should be away. Let them write letters as they wish, and the Earth write poetry as it wishes. Now I do not say that this is bad. But I say that in the world is allowed one misunderstanding. Man has imported something wrong in the Divine world and wants to make all the mankind change its point of view. From the long experience of the mankind we see that people want to correct this mistake. But when Christ has come, He has said so: “Unless you are born anew of the Spirit and water you cannot enter in the Kingdom of God”. Or said in other words: if you are not born anew of the Spirit and water you cannot enter in paradise. Initially God has created man and now this happens not by creation, but by birth. Therefore it is said: “Born of the Spirit is a spirit, born of flesh is flesh”. I do not say that flesh is a wrong state, but it is a lower realisation, a lower state of life. It is one lower understanding of God’s laws. Until being only in his flesh man cannot understand the paths of God. Until being in his flesh for him this is the most terrible, the most heavy state, therefore he should become spiritual, he should understand like the spiritual people understand. Therefore people should become spiritual at least in old age. And they say: “Until we are young let us live, when we become older we could become spiritual”. This is the wrong understanding of the people. Such life is not spiritual, it is life of slavery. What spiritual life could live an old man? He is in an unnatural state that is not passable for him.

Creation In the Scripture there are strophes saying that initially Heaven has been created the Divine world, after that the Earth has been created the physical world. The Earth has not yet been arranged, God even today is building it. He has created the world in six days; on the sixth day He has created man and on the seventh He has taken a rest. Now He is at work again. Moses says: "God has had a rest". Christ says: "My Father is working". It means that He is still at work. The rest of God implies going out of His being, observing everything He has created, after that going back again to His work. His present work brings fire. He says: "This world is missing fire". When the fire comes, growing and knowledge of boon will come. When I am talking about the world I always mean man. Human rationality has existed before man has existed, it has no beginning. But concerning the human brain, human intelligence has beginning. Human intelligence dates since 18 million years in the same form as today. This contradicts a little with the 8 thousand years. I do not know which is correct to accept 8 thousand years or 18 million years? Who does not understand would say that this is not according to the Bible. But even Moses has nowhere said how many years exactly have passed since God has created the world. I do not know where from the savants, the expounders of the Bible take these data. First of all there are no scientific data about this. When I am talking about 8 thousand years, I do not mean our official years, but I am talking about scientific years. Each scientific years contains 25 thousand official years. Life comes from infinity having no beginning, nor end. Life itself comes from an essence, but not from the small, it comes from the great. It seems to us as if life comes from a small cell, but this cell is only conductor of life, as conductor of the water is the spout of the water fountain. The spout itself does not give the water. The water comes from another source, but the spout serves as conductor of the water. So, when we say that life has come from a small cell we delude ourselves about it. The cell is only conductor of life. Appearance of man has marked certain era in space, certain events have happened. When there is war somewhere, people put monuments there after it, isn't it? After the appearance of man on the Earth, after his creation, it has been marked on the stars that on the Earth appeared a creature under the name of "man". For thousands of years the Earth has stayed without people. Why? In order to gather potential energy or substance, that is found in the Earth. To man, considered mammal, God has given variety of food. But he has lost the way of feeding to which the principle of life is due. These principles have been lost when people have gone out paradise. People have been living for 990 years in paradise, they have even been living for 20, 30, 40, 50, 100 thousand years in paradise. You could say that this is a story. Never mind. How old has been Adam when God has created the first woman? Put for each era 100 million years, so you have man of 600 million years. Therefore, on the sixth day God has created man, man has been created. Man has stayed in paradise for more than 20 million years. 20 million years man has been in paradise and after 20 million years he has been expelled out of paradise and after these 20 million years his wife has been born and he has married her. They have been both expelled out of the paradise. It is said that on the first day the Earth and the sky have been created, but there has been day without any sun. Then it is said about the second and the third days, but the Sun has been created on the fourth day only. I ask: how is it possible to talk about day when there has been no sun during the first three days? This means that an objection could be made to this interpretation. They even now wonder where from has appeared the first day. It is their job. If I decide to prove it now, I will loose the discussion and this prove now is not so important. Under "the first day"I mean the day of Divine Love, when all the living creatures have appeared. It means that on this day God's Love has appeared. The second day is the day of Divine Light, when God has stated what He has to do. The third day is the day of Divine Freedom, when God has given to all the beings the freedom to walk and because God has sent them for a walk, on the fourth day he has created all the lights to illuminate their path. Now some will say that I have tossed this up. Yes, I have, I admit it. But the other has been also fabricated. If you think about it, you will see that it is so. When having thought about this I say: for me the first day is the day of Divine Love. The world has been created in seven days. The first day corresponds to Sunday. Man has been created on the sixth day, which corresponds to Friday the day of Venus, the day of Love. Therefore man should be grateful for his creation, but at the same time he should be worth it. Man has been created on the day of Love, but he cannot comprise the great Divine Love. He has taken only part of it in his soul, to fulfil his sacred purpose for which he has come to the Earth. What is the sacred purpose of man? It is to acquire rational Love and bright thought. What are the distinctive qualities of the rational Love and the bright thought? Rational Love unites things there is no disconnection in it. Bright thought excludes any souring, rotting, fermenting things. How do we know which man lives in rational Love, on the sixth day of Being? Who lives in the sixth day, in the day of Love forgets about his personal interests and strives to: apply the law of Love in his life. He knows the manifestations of rational Love; he acquires new sublime points of view bringing sense to his life. He has right relations with God, with people and his soul. Such man we call man of the sixth race the new man. Consider the first day the day of your spirit day on which the light has appeared. Consider the second day - the day of your soul day on which Love has manifested. Consider the third day the day of your mind day on which consciousness showed. Consider the fourth day the day of your heart day on which conscious life showed. Consider the fifth day the day of your will day of your forces, coming to help you. Consider the sixth day day of Eternal Word - which has illuminated you and has made you master of your fate. Consider the seventh day the day of God, the Eternal beginning of everything day of nature, that everything should be learned from day of your rest, when you serve to all the virtues. Remember, that you are born to be rational. As a personality man shows in the physical world; as individual in the spiritual world and as soul in the Divine world. If we talk about the life of personality, we mean the material life. Divine world presents the head, the brain of man, which is the most important in the body. When we say that a man lives material life, we mean his stomach system, which is as necessary as the brain. In the Being is said: "Initially God has created the Sky and the Earth. And the Earth has been unarranged and desolate." The Earth represents the material world of man, his stomach. Therefore after the creation of the Earth it has been necessary six days to pass, entire six periods, in order to be created the connection between spiritual and material world, this means between the stomach and the lungs of man. In creation of man the most sublime creatures have taken part. Finally God Himself has taken part. After they have created him, God has finished him and has made him His image and similarity. We say that man has been created in image and similarity to God. But in image and similarity we will comprehend him, when we study him. In order to know him, light is needed. The sky is organised by sublime creatures, by great souls and there fore it is also great in its deeds. The angels, inhabiting the sky, are great souls, permanently sending their light all over the world.The energy of their mighty thought is spread all over the entire space and is moving like collective power everything in the world. When we talk about the Great Universal Brotherhood, we have in mind that hierarchy of rational creatures that have completed their evolution millions and milliards years before the people and now they guide the entire cosmos. They guide it, because they have taken participation in its creation under the leadership of the great Divine Spirit. All together they represent the great cosmic man. In their great self-neglect these loving servants of God descend to the Earth in human form to help the people. They are permanently sending their messengers to the Earth in one form or another. All the genius of mankind, all the great people, saints, adepts, savants, writers, statesman, helping the development of mankind in one aspect or another, all of them are servants to the Great Universal Brotherhood. Christ is called the head of the Great Universal Brotherhood. The Black Brotherhood is a hierarchy of creatures, taking various levels, depending on their intelligence. In order to give a clear notion of their function, I will say, that while the White Brotherhood works in the branches and the flowers of life and by the methods of branches and flowers, the Black Brotherhood works in the roots of life. While the White Brotherhood works in the head and the breast of the cosmic man, the Black Brotherhood works in the stomach, in the liver and in the intestines. The white Brotherhood therefore is connected with the positive forces, with good, but the Black brotherhood with the negative energies, but they for now are needed for the manifestation of life. Their service is strictly allocated. Except these two schools there is a third school the school of the Great Teachers, having higher hierarchy and guiding the activity of the first two. They use the methods of both schools for their great purposes, but they do not belong to either of the two schools. They are these great Teachers of the Universal Brotherhood, that guides the entire cosmos and that after completing each evolution create new evolution waves, following another plan and another rhythm. Under the leadership of their mighty spirit these sublime spirits have once descended from the high peaks to create the solar systems, including ours. They have created and arranged the initial cosmic land, the former paradise. On this cosmic land even now live that perfect prehistoric men that have completed their development. They are the great forefathers of mankind. Many say that the Earth is our mother. It is wrong. They say that the Sun is our father. This is also wrong. The Earth is a stepmother and the Sun is a stepfather. My compliments to the Sun, but it is a stepfather. The Earth is not my mother and the Sun is not my father. God has created the Sun, has created the Earth also; has created me as well. This means that as he has created the Sun, as he has created the Earth, he has created me as well. I have the same attitude towards the Sun and the Earth. The great Father is the one, who has created everything. We now do not acknowledge that the Earth is our mother. This is good. I have nothing against it, but it is also not true. I have nothing against the Sun being our father, but this is not true. All these things that are not true in the world, they cannot bring us any favour. The Scripture says: "Initially God created the sky and the earth." This creation does not imply the world that we see now. Initially God has created the primitive world, from which the material world has come. When they do not understand the laws, the people say that God has created the present Earth. Today's Earth has been created later. It is still said in the Scripture: "And rejoicing in the land, and their delight was with the sons of God." This means that Earth, that people are preparing for. Not on this Earth man has been created. Occultists maintain that today's man is a new man that has come from the other world. Modern occultists maintain that modern man has come from the Moon. He has lived there. When the favourable conditions there have been lost, he has descended to the Earth. The most learned people on the Moon have had the means to transfer the first inhabitants to the Earth and settle them there. They maintain that on the Moon have remained only the most educated people. Occultists suppose that the entire human race has descended from the Sun, has passed through Saturn, through the Moon and has come to the Earth. In certain time it will pass through another planet. The mankind will pass through seven chains, through seven waves in order to go again to the Sun, where it has come from. That you have come from the Sun you do not remember. You do not remember as well that you have been on Saturn, on the Moon. That you are on the Earth, you already know. When you have completed your development there, you have left the Moon, because there have already been no conditions for you, you have come to the Earth to continue your evolution. But you are not going to complete your development on the Earth. When the time to leave the Earth comes, they will make asleep and will bring you to another planet, close to the Earth, where you will complete your development. There is nothing to talk about it Adam has not been the first man! Before him there have been others. When he has gone out of the paradise, there have been other people, who have mixed with these that he has been taken from. How are you going to explain that strophe: the sons of God had seen the human daughters and had married them Who had been these sons of God? Where from have come these human daughters? You can interpret this in various ways. Remember that the world is not created for you only. You look very closely at things. Before you there have existed other worlds, it is not only your world. Before the people other worlds have been existing, other creatures. So that man is the tenth in succession. Ten categories of rational creatures have been created before man. This world has been created for man as well it means not only for man. And man is an object to the spiritual world. Each man is an object that the angels deal with. They deal with his mind, with his heart, with his soul and with his spirit. The angel sees even the smallest creatures that people can see with microscope only. The scientists put these small creatures, called microbes, under microscope and observe what they are doing. When they enter the human body they destroy it. Often the angels observe under microscope your thoughts, feelings and wishes, watch them how they move, what they are doing. This is a subject to study. And so, how many times until now is the word "Love" been pronounced? This is the strongest word! When God has pronounced for the first time in the world the word "Love", He has created with this the entire cosmos, all the suns have been made, that have parted and have gone in their orbits. When God has pronounced for the second time the word "Love", all the great creatures, all the saints have awakened from their deep sleep. When God has pronounced for the tenth time the word "Love", man has been born. I am not going to tell you what has happened when God has pronounced the word "Love" for the third, fourth, etc. time. So God has pronounced until now only ten times the word "Love". And on these ten words lies the entire philosophy of the Kabbalists and their Sephiroths. According to the theosophists this is differentiation of the word "Love" in all its manifestations in the various fields, because there is nothing more real in the world than Love. Cohesion of matter depends only on Love that exists among its particles and makes them attract each other, the harmony of the worlds depends on Love that attracts them and makes them move and rotate. Now I am talking about Love, not about your opinion. I am talking about Love as a great impulse in nature that gives birth to universes, creates universes. Love is what creates. When the universe starts to be created, then the other things are created. At first the material world is created, not the people, but matter is created at first and then the other things are born. Love has entered in the world and out of it man has been born. God has loved man and has created him If would have written the Bible, I would have not written so: "And God has created man in his image and similarity". I would have written like that: "God has loved man and has created him in His image and similarity". Love is an impulse for creation. You cannot create someone in image and similarity, if you do not love him Some authors support the thesis that man has created himself alone. This shows human pride. Man is not able to create himself alone. It is said in the Scripture that God has created man in his image and similarity. There are people trying to create, this is trying to recreate them but nothing comes out of their work. In fact God works, but man participates in His work. If thinking so man can recreate himself. But if he thinks that he is the main factor in his life man cannot make anything. When God has decided to create the world love object to Him has been the human soul. If this soul has not been object to the Divine Spirit, He would have not created the world. But God, having in mind the human soul, has created the world and all the benedictions, so that the souls to have what to deal with. Therefore the world has been created for your souls. What have you learned from what God has given to you? Souls are not born, but they exist forever in God. This is the real philosophy. They are in one with God. Therefore when God has created the world, He has sent all the souls to the world to study what He has created, to learn. He calls these souls Sons of God, because they are in one, they are equal to Him. In this sense and the Earth for you is a school. And if you understand this, all of you should be happy that you have been sent to school to learn. In the initial language (the language of the virgin Divine Spirit, the most sublime in the hierarchy of the angels) God has given to man another name, not the present. This has happened in the council of gods under the chairmanship of God Jesus Christ, called the Saviour of mankind. This council has been dealing with creation of man and definition of his name. That name "man" is a wrong interpretation, but we will be content with it. Under "man" we understand creature that thinks. The most important subject to study on the Earth this is man. All the other sciences that we are dealing with study human being. Therefore if man has not appeared on the Earth the things would have remained unfinished. It is interesting to man to get to know his being. It is said about man that he has been created in image and similarity. Hence we should know these great laws that build, that create things. Creation is the beginning of things, making is the middle of things and arrangement is the end of things. We are already in the era of making. We have just started that process of arrangement when comes understanding of things. All the creatures on the Earth are not made of the same matter. Man, for example, is created of more special matter than the other creatures. For the other things it is said that God has only advised whether this to happen or that, but about man is said that God has taken from somewhere a more special dust and has created man by himself out of it. When a small child wants to know where from has come his little brother, the grandmother tells him that they have taken it out of the river with a net. The baby has been there among the fish, they have taken it out and brought home. And then the child asks his mother: "Mother, can we go and catch one more brother with a net from the water?" Such are today's believes of the people. They think that man has come out of the water like fish and as a result they come over a succession of contradictions. From religious point of view God has created man and from scientific point of view man has been created from a small cell that has developed and multiplied. Both statements are theories: one is Divine, the other is human. All the living creatures before man have been working to make some material to create the human body. Therefore they have worked for thousands of years. And so, on the sixth day man has been created. They have worked for five days to gather this material, the dust that man has been made of. The parts that man has been made of have been made in various places of the universe and they needed to be gathered from all the places to get them assembled. According to the occult science the matter that man has been made of is not taken from the Earth only. This matter which man has been initially made of the cosmic man this matter is taken from the entire universe, from all the suns and planets a small particle is taken and the present body has been assembled. On the base of what part of the planet we have taken this matter is connected with us and it influences us. What and how much matter we have taken from the planets such influence they have on us in physical and psychological aspect. Man has been created of a substance, of an essence. Whatever you think man is composed of a lot of elements, although the philosophers support that man has been made of one substance. They do not know what this substance is. He is uniform in substance, but in expression is very diverse. Our initial matter, the matter of our initial life, cannot be destroyed even at temperature of 45 million degrees. Only the outer sheath that wraps life could be melted. These inner sheaths about which you have even no idea cannot be affected in any way by the heat waves. There are 4 types of matter, out of which man has been created according to the Hindu philosophy. The solid matter the man is created of they call "prakriti" The bones are made of it. Of "prana"the muscles are created, the soft matter. Of "kashan"- sympathetic nervous system is made. Of "manas" the human brain is made of together with the nervous system that sends currents of human thought. Man has come out of an essence more powerful, clear, more stable than the matter of the environment. Man is stronger than iron, heavier than gold and platinum, more flexible than aeriform bodies, more powerful than light and heat. If you put man at heat that melts the physical bodies, he will endure, because the forces acting in the spiritual nature of man are stronger than these acting in the physical nature. It is said: "God has made man of dust". Mud and dust are two different things. Mud is what man makes. Dust in this case is that matter out of which the world has been created. Man is made of dust. How has God created him? What part of the earth has God taken? How much matter has He taken to create man? You do not know what your ratio is. What is the ratio of your body to the ration of the entire Earth? In the future you will learn, you will know the law about the ratio of the body to the entire Earth, what the proportion is. Or you do not know what the ratio of your saliva is to the ratio of water, what part it is. You do not even suspect how your body has been created, how rationally and greatly has been created, that each cell is a separate rational soul with its strictly defined mission, that one cell, for example, of the muscles cannot go to a cell in the stomach or to a cell of the bones. There is strict differentiation. When they have arrived on the Earth, the microorganisms have thought, that there are no more learned creatures than them But this is not recognised by the modern science. There are certain reasons for that. It is true that these microorganisms have been very learned, but they have divided in two categories. Some of them have started to progress and have made more complicated forms. Out of them the plants have been created and after that the animals. The other category, the more conservative have remained in the same form, in the present types that we see them today. God has not created the microorganisms. Some of the rational creatures have created the forms of the microorganisms. Modern naturalists say that life comes out of the union of two cells. This is as true as the statement that the water is exclusively made of the union of hydrogen and oxygen. Life is absolutely independent it does not come out of the union of two cells. We should know where from comes our life. If you know where from comes your life you will look at all the people with sacred thrill like at souls. As you love the people like souls, they will also look at you in the same way.

Alive Cosmos To be spiritual man should have a Divine home. Then spirituality is medium, zenith. To have life man, or life of nature, should have this home, should have passed that medium and should have come to the end of the human life. It is because all the yearning are realised in man. Do not understand by "man" the form that you see now. All the worlds that we see, they all are inhabited by human beings just like the people of the human race. Human race is everywhere in the material worlds, there are in numerous worlds. It is not only one, all the worlds are inhabited. Sometimes you say: "These things are fictions". Now we think that the rational people are only here, on the Earth. We have limited notions about the existence of life. We think that there are certain limits of heat and light that impede life and life dies of certain microbes. These are limited notions. There is no force in the world, whatever, that could limit life. Life is above all. Life is above cold, life is above heat, life is above light, life is above anything; it is not limited by anything. But the forms of life depend on the outer conditions. I agree about that. God is everywhere. God is a creature living everywhere. The Apostle Paul says: "We are living and moving in God". Despite that we are looking for Him everywhere. This is the physical notion of the question. But according to the spiritual notion God is really on Heaven, but under the word "Heaven" we understand an image, a symbol, an ideal of perfect, settled life life of high rationality. Heaven is a centre of advanced beings, living in the eternity, that create, that have created the material world. This is Heaven an arranged world, a world that takes care of all the creatures around it. All the stars that you see in the sky are their creations. The entire human race lives scattered over all the planets and stars. Man passes from a planet to another according to his level of development. What the planets are where we pass our learning to come to a higher science. They represent worlds, result of rational activity. Each planet is a university. The suns are the dwellings of all the higher hierarchies, the planets are the dwelling for us, the people. According to me there is life on the other planets as well, not only on the Earth. There are people there, but they are not like us. The whole space is alive and in it exists a cosmic man, who fills up everything and moves so quickly, so he is everywhere at the same time. There are things impossible for us, but possible for other creatures, staying a level higher than us. They are still human beings, but we cannot see them. They are material as well. There are no human beings in the universe, but there are rational creatures with much better organised bodies than ours, that fire does not burn. The entire universe is full with consciousness of God, with consciousness and knowledge, with so interesting life that you even do not guess about. If you enter that world if it exists, if it is a reality if you enter it, your views will immediately change. If that world does not exist, when you die, the question will be finished. But when you die, if life continues in an ascending order, not in descending, then what would you say? We have other evidences as well, but we do not force to prove logically if God exists. We base on a scientific truth, we do not doubt at all whether the other world exists. It is a reality, like the Sun we see, as the food we take. If you feed a man with illusions he loses his weight. If he weighs 5 kilograms, he becomes so light, that he will fly. But if you feed him with something real, he will loose nothing of his initial weight. The other life is not separated from this life. This life enters as a part of it. The other world is the whole life. We on the Earth make part of that life. Life is not only here, on the Earth. There are milliards of suns with their planets and satellites! Do you think that they are deserts only? There is organic life on some of the celestial bodies. Even on Mars there are creatures, there are canals. On Venus there are creatures and elsewhere there are even more advanced creatures. A Russian woman has written a story about the inhabitants of Venus. This is not only a statement, this is reality. But according to the existing there conditions there is a variety in the outer forms of life. Some go even further and say that in the centre of the Sun there is life. The heat of the Sun is outside and inside the Sun exists excellent atmosphere spring, gardens. Life is gorgeous there. The best life in the solar system is in the Sun. These are statements now. You can ask if this is so. Some even allow themselves to say that they have gone to the Sun and have returned, but they are not from Bulgaria. From Bulgaria have nit yet gone, but there are Hindus who claim they have gone to the Sun. Hindu savants, the adepts claim that to go to the sun man needs to have his pulse completely stopped and after, when he returns to be awakened. In Europe there is only one clairvoyant Swedenborg, who has gone to the Sun. He has been a very educated man in each aspect. According to him, he has gone to the Sun, to Venus, to Jupiter he has gone everywhere and has described the life there. The inhabitants of Mars want to get in contact with the people on the Earth and therefore they are sending light signals. But the people cannot get in contact with them, because they do not understand their laws. The light that people on the Earth use is not yet so strong to answer to the inhabitants of Mars. Now people have thought on getting in contact with the inhabitants on Mars by radioactive ways. How long it would take this is not known. The creatures that inhabit the other systems are even more rational than these of the solar system. All the planets have their purpose. They are inhabited by advanced beings. They are more advanced in age and in wisdom than us, because they have emerged much earlier from God. Their wisdom is so great, that the culture of the modern world, in comparison for example to that of the Sirius, is in its diapers. One day, when our solar system completes its development, will pass the path of the Sirius and then we will have completely different notions of things. A violinist, when playing, his music passes the confines of the Earth. The musical waves of a first class musician reach the Sun. And the music of a genial musician reaches the distant stars. I say: It is not only this but even a human thought could reach the Sun. There is a question in the people: "Whether are there creatures on the Sun and the other celestial bodies?" The entire universe is full of creatures, but not like us. Like the inhabitants of the earth there is nowhere else in the other worlds. There are others. Modern scientists want to know whether on the other celestial bodies there are creatures like the creatures here. No, the manifestations here are specific. On Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, etc. The conditions are different, they differ to the ours. There are no human beings like these on the earth. There are thinking creatures. Everywhere the creatures think, feel and act well. They have deeds, feelings and thoughts. The feelings are connected with heat. There are stars, having temperature of 50 million degrees; others having temperature of 100 million, of 300 million, and some even with milliards degrees of temperature. This not only you are not able to understand, but even the scientists could not understand what it is 100 million degrees of temperature or if I tell you that a tone has 500 thousand vibrations. This tone no one is able to take. Only some of the singers can take only up to 50 thousand vibrations. Above 50 thousand vibrations human voice is still unable to express. Rational creatures live in the interplanetary space where matter is absolutely transparent. The most rational creatures live in the most transparent matter such as light, but in the thick matter of the Earth live more inferior creatures. The most rational, the most advanced creatures that have completed their development live in the ether, in the "empty" space. It is so inhabited! You should go there to see what it is. One day all of you will be there, it may be in 10 thousand years, in 100 thousand, in 1 million, 2 million, 100 million years, or in when put a digit with 50 zeroes behind you will anyway be there. It is a great space. Only now reality is before you. Heavenly inhabitants of the Sun are singing. I hear the inhabitants of Venus, they are singing as well. I hear the inhabitants of Jupiter singing. I hear the inhabitants of Saturn singing, I hear the inhabitants of Sirius singing. I hear the inhabitants of Alpha Centurius singing. The scientists say: "Whether is there life on the other planets?" All are singing in a very comprehensive language. What should I tell to the modern people? How to prove to them what I hear? I know what they are going to tell me, if I tell them the truth. People will at least consider it as my hallucination. But in this "hallucination" I see that the dead are alive. The sky this is a collection of living creatures and worlds in which Divine manifests. Who has lost hope should go out in the evening to observe the stars. If you want to have true notion of God, go out in the evening to watch the stars. It is a creative force. All these planets, representing our solar system, enter into another system of planets. Both together enter into a third system of planets, etc. All these planets, systems, suns, so grouped, represent the entire universe or the so-called "city of God", where God lives. His mind, his consciousness is so great, that He covers the smallest creatures touching Him and He settles their life. Can you comprehend what God is? All these angels, all these creatures, having lived millions of years before us on the Earth, know what God is. They stay with awe before that great Creature, from whose heart sources this great Love, supporting the entire cosmos. A little of this benediction reaches us and our Earth. Only in the Milky Way there are about 18 million of suns. In our Galaxy there are 100 million suns.

Adamic Man Place in Cosmos These who understand man consider that all the people in the world represent one man. This man they call cosmic man - enormous man. Anything existing in the world suns, planets, people, plants, animals, all that they put in the hands, in the feet, in the head, in the lungs, in the heart, in the stomach of that cosmic man. This means, that cosmic man represents the entire world. They say that how this man moves, so the world shows itself. From modern science point of view this is an uncomprehend thesis. Outer nature, this is man decomposed to his parts. As my body accumulates milliards of creatures, in the world as well a lot of people could live together. All the people on the Earth can be gathered in one common body this is the enormous, the great cosmic man, called Adam Kadmon, in him nothing dies, but everything changes. He takes care about all the creatures his body consists of. According to me man is expression of the entire cosmos. He is the final deed of nature. He is one of the greatest results nature has come to. This means that everything happening in cosmos reflects man inside. Man is a particle of the whole and as a result the consciousness of all the people on the Earth is accumulated in one whole. The consciousness of all these people represents the cosmic man. Love manifests in the smallest particles like energy, like an impulse. Scientists call this energy attraction, affinity. However they call it, it is one and the same Love of the parts and Love of the whole. There is no atom, ion, molecule, not containing everything, not containing the energy of Love. You have not yet studied what cosmic man is. Man is not as he has been born on the Earth. In today's universe, out of God, there is no other creature higher than man. I am not talking about caviller. Everything you see on the Earth is still small, little and petty creatures. One day they should look like their father, the cosmic man. You have done a lot of work till now, but you have done it without knowledge: you have had thousands of lunches, but you have not eaten as you should eat; thousands of times you have been inhaling and exhaling, but you have not been doing it as you should. So many things have passe through your mind, but you have not thought about as you should. You must think as you should; you must feel as you should and you must feed as you should. It is easy to say that you should be smart, good man. These are common provisions, but they are not ready results. Nature has not created man to be a toy. Mature makes with man one of the greatest experiments in the world. In the being human race exists, it takes the same place as the lungs and the heart in the body. What is man in cosmos? In the being man is now the lungs and the heart. This is the relation. Therefore the entire nature wants man to think right, to feel right and to act right. For whom is created the world? At the first place for God, at the second place for the angels and at the third place for us, the humans. There from are retrieved three important to us conclusions, namely: the whole is created for the head, the head for the lungs and the stomach. The head is God, the lungs are the angels; we are the stomach. Plants, animals, clouds everything is for us. We are the heroes, people are the heroes. For them are all the animals in the world, the plants, the waters, the clouds and the Sun, and the stars, everything God has created for us. We are the heroes on the Earth. The Sun rises for us. What you see on the Earth is nothing else, but man, decomposed to his parts. The plants, the water, the seas, all these animals that exist, this represent man decomposed to his parts. And man bears the notion of the big, enormous man. And it is not only poetically. "We will be a flock and a shepherd" so says the Scripture. The light, the heat and the strength of the Earth are necessary to man. I am not talking now about the mechanical light, neither about the light we have. For me the physical light is a shadow of reality. For me the physical heat is a shadow of heat. Then the strength that people have is again a shadow. They say: "Very strong man!" This is a shadow. The strength that I am talking about is another. If I have that strength, I can lift the Earth and throw it in the space like a ball. This is strength. From the point of view of the human strength this is absolutely impossible. From the point of view of the Divine strength the Earth is a ball to play with. Even these advanced beings are so capricious, have such great ambition, self-respect and pride! When God envisaged this he has put them in a large space, not to quarrel one day and make mischief. If Moon has been closer to the Earth, they should have quarrelled, but it is put 400 thousand kilometres away, not to be able to quarrel. The Sun is put 92 million miles away, the others are still farther, not to have quarrels between them. Modern scientists say, that the cosmic Sun is 75 million times greater and has stronger light than our Sun. On this base I make the following comparison: in cosmos as well exists earth that you have once left to come to our small Earth. The cosmic earth is also 75 million times greater than ours. Do you remember that you have once lived on that earth? Do you remember some of its views? You will say that you remember nothing. I ask: how are you going to explain then some of your dreams? You dream for example, that you are somewhere, but it is neither on the Earth you are living today, nor in the sky. When you cannot explain to you these dreams with the knowledge you have on the Earth, you neglect them and say: "This is fantasy!" No, in the sub- consciousness of man are accumulated many impressions, many memories, talking about life in the distant past. The cosmic earth I am talking about is alive. Even today there live perfect beings that have completed their development. Many call this earth "paradise", and some even call it "Kingdom of God". This earth has its inner and outer side. Once you have been in Heaven, you have been rejoicing with the sons of God, but after that you have left Heaven, you have started wandering. Once the people have been living on The Promised land, but then they have left it and since a thousand years they are continuously wandering. This means that people have descended from an enormous land in Cosmos and have come to the Earth to work, to learn. And in The parables is said: "And they rejoiced in The Promised land".

Structure The ignorant will understand nature by its limiting physical laws, the smart by its bright poems; the spiritual by its life- giving fruits from which sources life of the entire humanity. There is an inner integrity among all the manifestations of life. Three words only are able to express this integrity and these words are Love, Wisdom and Truth. Love brings Divine life, expressing eternal harmony. Wisdom brings Divine light and Divine knowledge, creating beauty, sequence and order in life. Truth brings direction to life. Each star, each sun keeps on the Truth. The Truth talks with suns, Wisdom with planets and Love is so indulgent that has descended to the Earth to talk with the people, the lowest standing creatures. The one, who is not aware of the deep reasons of the high organic world, does not know the activity of the human spirit. The latter works with certain mathematical tables that have been created before the eternity itself and form the so called Divine and invariable mathematics, on which basis is created the present vast Universe Universe, whose actions are strictly and rationally defined. And sometimes we think that the actions of nature are irrational. This is due to accumulation of lactic and uric acids that paralyse the pyramidal cells of the brain and when we should observe, we sleep and when we should act we get angry and when we have to work, we find out that life is senseless. The entire matter that enters our system is a number starting with digit 9 with 90 zeroes after it, but according to me it is a number starting with 10 with 100 zeroes after it. The initial matter that the world has been created of has been thousands of times rarer than hydrogen. Hydrogen in comparison with this initial matter is something like mesh. Now we want from the First principle what is not in Him. We want human things. Because you are interested in your health, for example, you want health. Then you want and the First principle to be interested in your health, but He is not interested. Then you want to be educated man, but the First principle is not interested neither in your education. You are interested in wealth, but He is not interested in this either. This principle is expressed in the following: "Do not be contrary in anything!" In other words: do not enter in confrontation with nature. If you enter in confrontation with nature, you will become dust and ashes. Why this is so, no one talks about. This is like that nothing else. When people start wars and battle this is due to the First principle. When killing themselves people think that in this way at least the world will be in order. Whether the world will be set in order in this way, this is another question. The First principle in the world cannot settle these things. When man gets angry he looses faith in things. Everything negative in the world, this is the First principle. Why man gets angry? Man gets angry to show that the strong in him does not want to deal with pygmies. What faith could have a strong man in mosquito? For him mosquito does not even exist. Mosquito can have great opinion of himself, but for man mosquito does not exist. Often man wants to play a big role concerning the First principle, but for Him man does not exist. Man sometimes says: "Why the world has been created like that?" How should it be created? First of all, when the world has been created, man has not been there, he has not played any role. The world has been created out of our will. And disorder in the world as well exists out of our will. You are aware that the war is not at place, but never the less it happens. You do not want to get ill, but you get ill; you do not want to die, but despite you die; you do not want to be born, but despite that you are born; you do not want to be born by a poor father, but despite that they impose him to you. What man does not want that is imposed to him. We often say that things are created. To create something does not yet show that this is arranged. It is said in the Being that God has created the Sky and the Earth, and the Earth has been unarranged and desolate. This means, the first process creation, is a process, taking care of great in the world. Creation does not care about small things. This is the general sketch of the universe. When the universe has started being created then God's Spirit who has been taking care of it has not been dealing with the small things, with the details. Now we are in the second process. Even the entire mankind to disappear this will not mean anything to God. Christ says: "God can make men even from these stones". If some disappear, others will come on their place. "In the beginning God created the Sky and the Earth. And the Earth was unarranged and desolate, and the Spirit of God floated on the abyss." The Spirit of God, entering us, creates a constant struggle. This struggle originates from the First principle. Divine then starts forming things. It pushes human mind to new understanding, to creating inner connection. If no connection with things is formed, they cannot be understood. For example, if an object is not lighted man cannot see it. If man has no connection with an object he cannot sense it. If he cannot see it, neither sense it, he cannot understand what its properties are. All people should realise that power- bringing basis of life. As soon as we realise that power we will all understand each other. God has a general plan about His manifestation in connection with putting in order the Second principle the principle of Love. He wants to establish a new conscious relation between all the people. For this might be needed whole thousand years; but this is not important to God. After all God will coerce all the people to accept this principle Until now the most learnt man in the world has given his opinion and has said that since the creation of the world the universe is three times larger than has initially been. He develops the theory that the universe expands like a bubble. Earlier the bubble has been blown a little, now it is three times more blown. Initially it has had a thousand million of years, but now it has three thousand million years, it continuous to expand and he states that it will still be expanding in the future. How much will it expand? Until when will it expand? What will happen after that? And then the learned people say: it will reach a certain place and it will start shrinking again. And when it shrinks, you ask: what will happen? I tell you: after the Sun has risen, what has happened? A day has been formed. And after the Sun has gone down to sunset what has happened? The night has happened. Modern science has given clear tablature of that Creature That we call God. Once the notions of people have been very limited and God Himself has been manifesting Him in the air, in the storms, in the depths of the seas. But now when we talk about God we understand the whole universe that has not only 100 million of suns, but milliards of suns. In this universe there are not only milliards of suns, but milliards of universes. There are universes that we are never able to see. Our telescopes cannot find them yet. In the future people will be able to see them. And in addition the modern science says that our universe is expanding. In 100 million of years it will be twice as large as it is now. This means that life will grow. These are philosophical discussions of religious people. We do not know where the centre of our universe is. Our Sun is moving, but we do not know where our east is. We know the east, where from the Sun rises, but the direction we are moving to, we do not know. It is our east. The direction we are riding away from, this is our west. The centre is our notion about that movement. We are approaching some place. Each has the idea, each wants to approach God. The world we are living in has been created by angels and as a result of that we see certain defects. These angels, although they have worked according to all the rules of high mathematics, have made some mistakes that are still correcting even today. It is true that they have worked for millions of years on the creation of this world, so that the mistakes they have made are negligibly small. For example, when the Sun rotates around itself for 100 million of times; only one exception is seen. The same is seen in the movement of the Earth also, as well as in the movement of man: when the Earth and man turn around themselves for 100 million times, an exception of the right go of their movement is seen. Great and beautiful are concluded exactly in this exception, because in it simultaneously happens rising and fall of man. To the Earth from time to time angels come and make calculations on various questions. For example, they make calculations on the following: how many million of years are necessary to the Earth to come to its complete development? How many million of rational creatures should work at that time in the universe? Our universe hides in it possibilities for the development of the rational creatures. One day, when they complete their development a new universe will be created. For the same reason when our Earth completes its development, it, together with the living on it creatures, will come to the Divine port and will stop there. The Scripture says that man is a stranger to the Earth. For how long he will remain, this is the question. The truth is that all the existing material worlds make up a whole. The whole universe, the whole material world is a whole. This is the Earth in the Scripture. There, where there is life is an Earth, an inhabited Earth. The One, who understands the things, is on the right path, but the one, who does not understand, he thinks that only your Earth is inhabited. Grandiose mind is required to comprehend the existing relationship. Sometimes we resemble the ants. Is the ant interested in the fact that it has climbed on the head of a philosopher? It could climb on his head even for 100 times, without becoming a philosopher. Man should be gifted to think about the great. They have found out that our world is relative. What is meant by the word "relative"? If we ask the ants about the universe, what notion would they have? Modern people are blind. It is 100 times greater, than they think it is. All our telescopes are made according to us, according to our comprehension, but it is 100 times greater. The largest telescopes still see nothing. They are not adapted. There will be created a new net in man. We cannot sense all the light, we sense only 7 colours. The light has many more colours. Some think that they are 7. They are seven up to now. Once they have been 3, then 4, 5, 6, now they are 7. Light develops. What is the view of an angel of the universe? All the harmonic bodies move in ellipses, in circles. Some bodies move from a solar system to another. Them we call tailed stars. Some comets, while moving, enter into one system and after several thousands of years, moving with high speed, they enter into another system. These are mediators connected the most distant systems. They have a certain purpose. In space between one sun and another could be installed about three thousand solar systems like our solar system You can imagine at what distance these suns are from one another. Great distances are a reason for great freedom They move free without danger of collision. There are dark suns. The science will study them in the future. There is a lot of energy in them. Grandiose and grand are tantamount, "grand" "and" is the root. "and" means something moving. What is born, it is grand. Because for the universe all these stars; suns and planets in our solar system are nothing else, but fruits. And our Earth is a big fruit as well. All expect it to ripen and when it is ripen to eat it. The Sun as well, one day it will ripe, it will be picked up and eaten. Now you can imagine as well that tree on which the Sun is hanging like a fruit. Our Earth is a small fruit. It is small but it grows and one day it will be grown. Because the people on the Earth sinned therefore the whole Earth has been expelled and put to exile. Not only the Earth, but all the planets not living like the Sun have been put to exile and now they are circling in their orbits. One day we as well will go back with the Earth to the Sun. Now we are out on exile. Once there has been a great rebel and the Earth has been accomplice and for this it is now expelled, evicted. And here we stay the rebels. Tones are connected to the planets, to all the celestial bodies. The entire world is a musical composition. Each planet has a special tone. All the innumerable worlds sing on different scales. The sublime creatures and all the hierarchies sing. Without music it is impossible to be happy, without music you cannot understand Christianity. The movement of our Earth, the movement of the Sun, the movement of all the planets and the movement of all the suns, these who have developed hearing, hear through the Divine harmony. The Divine harmony shows that everything is law and order. If a planet is out of sound it is known by the tone. They descend to repair it. The smallest mistakes happening on the Earth make the musical creature descend and repair them. Because if they do not repair the smallest mistakes; a great catastrophe could be formed. When you look at and get in contact with a star, it will make some influence on you. These stars that give light are rational light expresses rationality. Each star has its own tone, music comes from the stars. Singing and playing of the spheres is something grandiose. The astronomers explain the appearance of a new star in the following way. They give a special theory about this star. They say that once, in the distant past, maybe even millions of years ago, an old world has been put on fire and it is still burning. And this world is so far away from us, that we see it in the sky as a star. When we look at the star, we are happy that it gives light, but woe to those, where the star has lighted. There everything has turned into gas. Now a new telescope is under construction in the world, whose mirror is 5 metres in diameter. The largest existing in the world telescope until now has been somewhere in California. It has been having a mirror with diameter of 2 and a halve metres. It has been bringing even the most distant stars from a distance of 500 million light years. The new telescope will find these stars, staying at a distance of a thousand million light years from the Earth. The author of the article about this makes comparison, saying that if a solar system disappears, on this photo only a small dotlet will disappear reflecting this event. And only in a thousand of years it will be ascertained that a small dot on this atlas of the stars' sky has disappeared. This dot could only be seen with a microscope. Imagine there is a light that has started 3 thousand of years ago from a star and has not yet reached us. There are stars, whose light has started 10 million of years ago; there are others that have started a thousand million of years ago and have not yet reached us. There are stars, the light is travelling for 2 milliard years, and has not yet reached us. There are suns whose light and heat have not yet reached us. I ask: how the scientists will explain this? What would they say about these stars that are travelling in the space since milliards of years and their light has not yet reached our Earth? Then I ask: what about the stars are talking to us? The stars talk to us about that great law, about the great Idea, existing in nature and according it each thing is put on its right place. As a result of this nothing is lost, nothing disappears, neither is created.

Cosmos Creation The first principle Love has created Cosmos, material world, all the visible worlds with our bodies and forces that are necessary for their build up. The whole Cosmos is a living creature where we live and move. This Cosmos could be boundless and limitable, great and small property of the eternal is to produce any shape it wants. I would like to know your point of view where this world is going to: up or down? It is going neither up, nor down. And this and the other world are here. The other world, it is us. Outside us no world exists. I am not talking now about the people that die, but about a consciousness that does not die, that lives for millions of years. There is consciousness that changes the whole epoch. Creation of the universe represents a creature with enormous consciousness having great experience. Everything in the material world is a manifestation of rationality behind the matter. Cosmic force of Love, which means the Divine force, moves everything alive in the Universe. All the living creatures from the lowest to the highest are moved by God's Love. Thus the entire cosmos is moving. The scientists consider the question about the movement of the Sun and the planets, create various theories, but for me this question is clear I know who moves cosmos. You go to a factory and observe how machines move. Is their movement unconscious? Who has put them in movement? The engineer has. He regulates their movement having in mind the order in the whole factory. Machines move per his order. According to the same law and the Sun has a technician who has put it in movement and defines its way. And the Earth and the Moon like planets have their defined way of movement. The scientists look for the reason for this movement in the physical forces, conduct researches; create various theories. These scientists are right, but they do not suspect, that behind each physical force hides a spiritual, rational force that manages everything. To create the Earth thought has been needed; to create the air thought has been needed; to make the Sun send light and heat, thought has been needed. People deny this and consider that we are the only thinking creatures. I know that there is Love in the world. That there is Love in the world is seen from the fact that all bodies burn. Where there is burning there is Love as well nothing else. Love is the first Divine fire that has created the world. Creation of the world has started at the moment it started burning. As soon as the world has ignited, its design has started. We see that some of the burning bodies are already distinguished, this means that Love has passed. The Sun has burning Love inside it. The burning Love of our Earth has stopped on the outside, but inside it is still burning. This is the reason why in the centre of the Earth there is fire. Man's heart is also burning. In human life there are many problems that are intractable today.For example, one of the intractable problems is the question, who has created the world and why has he created it. This is a remote problem. The closer problem of man is how to use the created world. The first problem is a heavy stone which has not yet been lifted. It stands on the path of humanity, but still the man able to lift it has been found. Many philosophers have been trying to resolve this problem, but the stone even today stays untouched. And many more philosophers will try to solve it, but they will hardly have the chance to lift it. How possible it is to measure the Earth with scales, the same is the possibility to find out the answer to the question: who has created the world. How much weighs the Earth, how much energy is defined for it, these are data, calculated with absolute precision, but not by the humans, by those, who have created it. In nature everything is strictly defined. I say that there are whole planets, made of gold. You say: "Prove it scientifically". We cannot prove it, but you as well cannot prove that they are not made of gold. Logically it cannot be refuted. How strong am I? In the universe there is so much gold that it is possible to make thousands of earths like ours. In the universe there is so much carbon that it is possible to make thousands of earths like ours, but God does not need them. He can make whatever world you wish. The entire cosmos is created by the Word. Nature is the body of God, the manifestation of God. Modern people are talking about the sense of life, is there a reason to live or not. After all everybody says: "The sense of life is to know yourself. Or said in other words: the sense of life is to know the God inside you. This means that God is the essence that everybody is aiming at. The essence is the whole being: plants, animals, people, the Sun, the Moon, the stars, the air, the water, soil, etc. Everything in the world is manifestation of God in various forms. Nature is gathering of rational creatures showing their activity. Nature is unique establishment of myriad creatures, gathered at the same place according to certain laws. Under the word "nature" I understand creatures that have come to a state to understand these laws and have taken under their guidance these, who are not aware of them. Creatures teaching the others how they should live we call "nature". The whole space is inhabited by creatures, in all the worlds there are living creatures. This law is: the Sun in the world is only God. All the occult teachers have one Divine Sun, around which all swirl. All the suns rotate around the Divine Sun. All the earths, planets, comets are emblem of rational creatures. Each creature has its own projection. Some creatures have projections on plants; some rational creatures have projection on minerals, some have projection on fishes, some have projection on birds, some rational creatures have projection on beetles, butterflies, some have projection on mammals. And at last, there are sublime beings that have projection on man. The people, we are projection. High spirits have descended from the invisible world to get free the wealth they had. They have descended from the high peaks to create the valleys, the Earth, the solar system, as well as the dwellings of people. When they have created all that, they got rid of the wealth at their disposal and returned back to their cloisters. These creators of the past descend to the Earth even today. What are they going to do with today's earth? They are going to transform it to paradise. Of today's earth there will be nothing left. The new world will be paradise and the people living on it will be with faces shining like sun. I tell you the truth that will bring good to all living creatures. It will bring light and knowledge, it will bring vast, it will bring new life, new impulse to all the people on the face of Earth. I have come to the world to see what nature has created, to enter in its laboratory, to meet with it, to talk with it and let it tell me. Or said in religious language: to see what God has created, to see the laws He has worked in accordance with. He has been thinking not for a year, neither two. Do you know what the Hindus say? God has been thinking for one with fifteen zeroes after it years before creating the world. He has been thinking how to create the present universe. Then when he liquidates with the world, he will think again for so long. You will then have another number with 15 zeroes. How will you understand the idea about God? God is so strong that when he has made only one exhalation he has created the whole world. And now when he inhales it would be a number with 16 digits. This means that He once exhales and inhales ait. What other living creature can make such inhalation? If an adept can keep the air for 20 minutes, it is considered, that he can make wonders. These theologians, who say, that God has created the world for 6 days, want to show that the world has been created very quickly. This is not so, they do not understand the law. In order to create the present world God has needed millions of years. One ordinary day is one rotation of the Earth around its axis. They say that on the first day God has created the Heaven and the Earth. On what basis, what was the first day when the Earth was not there? But is said: "At the beginning God created the Heaven and the Earth. And the earth was without form." For six days God created the world. Who does not believe this is a heretic. And under a Divine day is implied a day of light, "six" is period of light. Nature has one body with which God pivots. For how long does it? For how many years would you like me to tell you He pivots? This is the Divine day, millions of years pass, to pass only one such day. This is the rational day of being. Every time an idea is born in God this is the sunrise. When it is realised, this is the sunset. This is for me one Divine day. At the moment the idea God to create the world has been born, this is the rise of the Divine Sun. When all the ideas are realised comes the sunset. And God has seen from sunrise to sunset, from the beginning to the termination that everything has been well done. This is day first. And in you when an idea is born until you realise it it is day first. This is your measure. When an idea is born it is life conception. And then in each your deed, wise in God will be manifested. People ask all the time whether the universe has an end or not. The scientists have their own understanding about the end of the universe. When you come to the end of the universe what is behind this end? The end implies new beginning. When solid matter finishes, behind it comes the liquid; when liquid finishes, behind it comes air form; when air form finishes, behind it comes light, etc. Matter has many states and each state occupies enormous space. I do not take the word "space" in the usual sense. The word "space" implies what spreads. I am talking about a space that does not spread, does not thicken, does not prolong and does not expand. Space neither thickens, nor prolongs, neither expands, nor grows, neither reduces. I am talking about a space without any borders. How could you you understand this now? The visible, understandable for us, becomes understandable due to the invisible, the non-understandable. A child to be born by his mother should he know her? Should the child know his mother first or should the mother know her child? Should clay know the potter at first or the potter should know clay? Of course, the potter should know clay. What do you understand when they tell you that the universe is endless? They give two definitions. By "infinite" understand everything that has a beginning but no end. And by "extreme" understand something that has a beginning and an end. What do you understand by "extreme"? After having worked on something, having worked for 4-5 hours, then you leave it for a rest, this is the end. This is a shift. Then you start again from the beginning, this is another shift. Shift of energies exists in nature. Scientists want to settle the question of the infinite. Infinity is rest. They are afraid of the termination of the world. The termination of the world is a rest, then it will start again from the beginning. The world is eternal, there are shifts. You start a work then you have to rest. You want to settle the question if the universe has an end. What is endless cannot have an end. What has an end could not be endless. Mathematicians deal with this question and I listen to them, and as much as they pretend to be scientists, I see, that they understand as much as I do. Mathematician supposes, then he proves his supposition and makes logical conclusion that the universe has an end. Then if he passes only with logical conclusion, I say: in 365 days you will have 365 million leva. I can even prove it. But 365-th day comes and you do not have these millions. Therefore as true it is that in 365 days you will have 365 million leva; it is as true, that the universe has some obscurities and that the Universe has an end. This is a big assumption. He should say: "I do not know whether the universe has an end, I do not know whether it has no end. I do not know two things: I do not discuss endless and boundless things." Consciousness can deal with the whole universe, can imagine it infinite; can imagine it in the smallest particles. When a man is small he cannot think. He should become big to think. At today's development of man it is impossible for him to know everything. Human brain is arranged so, that it cannot bear the heaviness of all the existing knowledge in the world. Even more that man has not yet manifested all his mental abilities. With his present brain man cannot cover the universe. In the marine snail is shown the way in which the world has been created. The solution is not in the circle, nor in the ellipse, but in the spiral. In the open circles, spirally wound there is already a solution the beginning isA, and the end is В (the wide end, the opening). Once we enter in meta geometry, in astral geometry, the figures there are more. All forms are still sections of the upper bodies. If you take an egg that hen lays you will learn how the world has been created: it contains the enigma of the whole universe. All the truths are hidden in this egg. The whole world is nothing else but an increased hen's egg. Occultists support the idea that initially the world has been closed in an eggshell, which has been broken later and the world has been created. Now arise the questions: "Who has laid this egg?", "Who has broken it?", "How could the whole world be hidden in such small egg?" No matter of the answers to these questions, the truth will still remain hidden. These issues are dealt with in spirit, not in letter. The word "egg" means the perfect conditions in which life can occur and develop. They calculate now that the inner capacity of the universe resembling an egg is equal to millions of light years. A God's year is equal to digit one with fifteen zeroes behind it our years. And one God's night is also this equal. God descends once in 365 millions of years to arrange the things. Under "descends" is meant directing consciousness. What does this circle mean? This means a great idea that being has started with. This circle shows the way the world has started. The world has initially started with a circle without centre that has later been self defined or this initial Reason has appeared in this direction, has made a round and has stopped. After that from the surface of that first move the initial situation has been lost and inertness or darkness has been formed; as Hindus say: the period of Kali Yuga has been formed. After time in the centre of this circle a small point appeared, just like the one you make when putting the compasses in the centre of the circle and describe a circle around it. So, that this force after having defined the limits it will work in, gets into the centre, develops there its circle to create the universe. This is what I call to conceive cosmos with a great idea. This small point is important. Let us go to the initial state of the world, the matter. There is no doubt that at this initial state matter has been completely transparent and in such transparent environment nothing could be formed. Therefore God has had to change the initial vibrations of matter and compress it. There are various points of view on how the world has been created. This is what I think about that: all the Divine energy is moving in a straight line. Therefore from this movement one and the same result cannot be obtained, but because God changes the direction by refraction of the lines of movement under a certain angle and thus they start crossing, spiral movement of matter appears and in this way great worlds are created at the beginning and then the smaller suns, that have lost their light and has become like our Earth on which people can live. Of course, this process has needed milliards of years to prepare the evolution of a future universe. They say that 30 years ago in the French academy of sciences there has been 99 theories the creation of the world. Which of these theories is right? Now the number of these theories has increased. At that time the last, the 99-th, has been considered most credible. Now it has changed as well. The world has been built in completely another way. The world has not been created in the way the scientists think. To 12 milliard miles away from our solar system, all that space has been full of matter. All that matter has gathered and has created the Sun, has created all the planets. There are more planets that the scientists will discover. Whether they will discover them or not, this compressed matter is the material world. There are yet other worlds that are invisible. According to some astronomers, initially matter has been in a sleeping state. When it has waked up it has started turning around and has created live circles and spheres. Today these circles and spheres are studied without even mentioning something about the rational Reason that has created them. The movement going on in the universe is due to that rational Spirit that regulates and controls all forces. Only this movement is real, only it makes the world real. According to the philosophers there are only two real things in the world: substance the visible form of the bodies, and essence the invisible, the elusive, hiding in these forms. People study mainly the form; they have not yet come to the essence. You say: "Let the war be over". What war will be over? People fight since thousands of years. In the past there have been greater wars. Before this war they have fought in the sky and they have ruined the whole sky. God has created the whole universe out of that fight of the angels. All the existing now suns have been enormous, but the gods have fought with them. God has been observing how they have been fighting, how they have been throwing the suns and how they have finally stopped. Angels and gods have stopped. And now from all our mischieves when fighting, from everything we do God will create a new world. There is a theory, according to which the whole universe has been created of a war. The whole universe has been one, there have been no stars; all the suns have been in one. When its inhabitants have started to quarrel they have started dividing it. They have been so strong that they have divided it into pieces. They have started throwing them at each other. Thus they have ruined the whole sky. When God has looked at that, he has left some above and others down. Our Earth has been made of such pieces, left from the war. This is only a theory, I do not want you to believe in it, but everything is possible. Great catastrophe has happened in the world. After the catastrophe that has happened in our solar system there has been a destroyed planet. The fall that has entered into people is due to passing of our Sun through a black sun that has left all the bad consequences in the distant past, several millions of years ago - I am not going to tell you how many - but several millions of years ago. The entire human race has just not disappeared. And then to save us from the bad situation that we have been in God has created our Earth. It is said: "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth and the earth was without form". Then he has created the Sun and the Moon to make our present life easier. Our present life has come to the situation to liberate us of that black sun that gives completely another direction. We are living in a manifested world, thanks to that, the manifested world, that has originated from the unmanifested world. What do you mean by "manifested" and "unmanifested"? Manifested is always the smaller world, unmanifested is the greater world. Modern scientists talk about rational world. But in scientific aspect or in the high Divine mathematics the rational are the centres. Rational is gathered in a smaller centre, focus. Each focus is a place of rationality. The centre of each material world is the rational world. Rational world is not outside; it is inside in the centre. Everything is concentrated in it. They say that since the existence of the Earth have passed 250 milliard years. It is not only a notion but movement of a consciousness. This is a wide notion, including human consciousness. And these creatures that have worked for creating the whole universe since 250 milliards of years have had plan, have been making their calculations. When creating the circle of the Sun they have had preliminary plan, they have been making preliminary calculations and only after they have proceeded to the structure of the world. The scientists explain the creation of the world very easily with formation of some nebulae and their rotation. This means that matter has turned in a way and has created the worlds. It is true that matter has turned somehow, but initially this matter has occupied the whole space and has been in etheric state. It has occupied milliards, milliards of kilometres of space. Then in a special way this matter has started to compress inside and outside and has gradually thickened. After that perturbation of matter has started and each perturbation has formed its centre. Each centre has represented a sublime rational creature. So, each perturbation has been crating a centre, created by a sublime rational creature. This means that the rational creature has formed this circle. Turning of a wheel demonstrates turning, movement of human mind that actually moves quickly than the wheel itself. Each wheel moves, rotates and thus the steamship moves. Actually this is the human thought that rotates the wheel and moves the steamship. You see an airplane flying, moving in the air, but actually this airplane is managed by human thought. I can point out the properties of the elements. Each element is presented by certain force. Under "elements" we mean the centres, where forces can manifest themselves. This means that a world larger than ours exists. It is because our world is due to our consciousness. And behind a single consciousness there is a great nature consciousness that covers the entire material world. Material world is only a result of this consciousness. Behind that consciousness there is another consciousness that encompasses in a circle the entire natural consciousness and its actions. Therefore from that consciousness that we call "spiritual", all phenomena arise. We are going to learn the elementary basis of rationality and we would like to create a God similar to ourselves. And we put Him in a body like ours and we would like him to think as we think. Then, if we think like that, imagine our universe, having more than 100 millions of suns and around each sun 12 other planets. This is more than 1 milliard and 200 millions. Imagine that all these suns live like living creatures here, on the Earth, and this creature that has created them, thinks about all of them, has all of them in its mind, and it even thinks about you. How could you explain what head it should have? What head you would put it, just tell me! What body you would put it in? Some want to imagine God somehow. How could they imagine Him? He cannot have a head like you imagine him Not only we, but even the sublime creatures cannot imagine God. He is something incomprehensible for human mind. We resemble God in one aspect, but He does not resemble us in anything. We are in way created in image and likeness of God. But God is not like us in anything. This is the difference. We should still resemble Him. You say: "How does God not look like us?" We still have to express that image, enshrined in us, these aptitudes, these Divine powers, then we could imagine. A lot have come to the Earth, a lot of have been incarnating and carrying His name, but The One, the absolute, Whose name people do not know, has never come in a human form on the Earth. He has only manifested himself. And they want to convince us that The One, the inaccessible; Who has created everything in the world will dress in a human form and will come to the Earth the people to catch Him and crucify Him. No, this is not compatible with the Divine laws! The Scripture says: "God will dwell, but not incarnate". How will he dwell? He will dwell among the human souls, he will dwell among the angels.He can dwell everywhere. He fills the entire being, He fills all the worlds, He fills all the solar systems and yet remains an unmanifested part of Him. There is still something unmanifested by this great God and in the entire eternity He cannot manifest. Therefore the eternity is a way for God to manifest, but even in the eternity all the forms that God can manifest himself completely do not exist. This is the most beautiful in the world.

Table of Contents Cosmos Creation Structure Adamic Man Place in Cosmos Alive Cosmos Creation Earth Man Development Cultures The New in The World Spirit and Soul Energies Ether, Tatwas, Prana and Akasha Pressure and Tension Spirit and Matter Forms Heat Light Light and Darkness Daylight The Colourful Beams of Light Treatment With Colours Movement, Space, Time

Cosmic Man - Beinsa Douno. The book - PDF Cosmic Man Beinsa Douno Copyright © “Astrala” Publishing House 2013 www.beinsa-douno.com

References Works of Beinsa Douno (Peter Deunov) 1. Absolute Truth. Sofia, Zhitno Zarno (The Grain of Wheat), 1949. 2. Absolute Truth. Sofia, 1939. 3. Lectures, Explanations and Directions by the Master. 1919. 4. Lectures and Directions by the Master. 1920. 5. Lectures, Explanations and Directions by the Master. 1921. 6. Lectures, Explanations and Directions. 1922. 7. Blessed amongst Women. Sofia, 1930. 8. The Divine Design. Sofia, Litopechat, 1942. 9. The Divine Conditions. Sofia, Litopechat, 1942. 10. Divine and Human World. Sofia, Litopechat, 1940. 11. The Voice of God. Sofia, 1940. 12. The Future Creed of Humanity. Sofia, 1934. 13. In The Kingdom of Living Nature. Sofia, 1933. 14. The Great Rationality. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 15. The Great in Life. Sofia, 1934. 16. The Great and the Beautiful. Sofia, Zadruga, 1935. 17. The Great Conditions of Life. Sofia, 1944. 18. The Old is Over. Sofia, 1932. 19. Eternal Rejuvenation. Sofia, 1944. 20. The Eternal Blessing. Sofia, Litopechat, 1944. 21. The Great Ideal. Rationality in Nature. Sofia, Bratya Miladinovi (Miladinovi Brothers), 1923. 22. Entering. Sofia, 1930. 23. Influence of Light and Darkness. Sofia, Zadruga, 1937. 24. All Things Which are Written. Sofia, Litopechat, 1942. 25. Possible Achievements. Sofia, 1934. 26. Opportunities for Happiness. Sofia, Litopechat, 1941. 27. Internal and External Links. 1940. 28. The Great Blessing. Sofia, 1936. 29. To Give You. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1938. 30. You shall Love. Sofia, 1940. 31. You shall Love God. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1946. 32. To Give them Life. Sofia, Zadruga, 1936. 33. If It is Possible. Sofia, 1942. 34. The Two Methods of Nature. Sofia, K. Fotinov, 1924. 35. The Two Paths. Sofia, 1934. 36. The Two Sacred States. 1925. 37. The Motive Power in Life. Sofia, 1938. 38. God’s Doings. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1942. 39. Good and Bad Conditions. Sofia, Zadruga, 1937. 40. Good Manners. Sofia, Zadruga, 1936. 41. The Good Weapon. 1939. 42. Points of Contact in Nature. Sofia, Andreev and Yotov, 1935. 43. Garment of Life. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1950. 44. The Spirit and the Flesh. Plovdiv, Hristo G. Danov, 1933. 45. The Language of Love. Sofia, Litopechat, 1939. 46. Natural Order of Things. Sofia, 1939. 47. It Pains Me for the People. Sofia, 1932. 48. Living Words. Sofia, 1937. 49. The Living Points in Nature. Knowledge Foundation. Sofia. 50. Living God. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1948. 51. Life and Relations. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 52. For Fortune I Came. Sofia, 1929. 53. The Message of Love, vol. I. Sofia, 1944. 54. The Message of Love, vol. II. Sofia, 1944. 55. The Message of Love, vol. III. Sofia, 1944. 56. Law of Unity and Community. Sofia, 1929. 57. Laws of Good, Sofia, Litopechat. 1940. 58. The Law and Love. Sofia, 1936. 59. Born for That. Sofia, 1929. 60. Health and Illness. Vasil Velev, Plovdiv, 1988. 61. Sunrises. Sofia, 1928. 62. The Key of Life. Sofia, Zadruga, 1937. 63. Causative Powers. Sofia, 1930. 64. Him Whom Comes to Me. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1950. 65. Him whom Has the Bride. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1935. 66. The Thief and the Herdsman. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1937. 67. The Beauty of the Soul. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1968. 68. Lectures of the Youth Esoteric Class. 1929. 69. Lectures of the General Esoteric Class, II year 70. Lectures of the General Esoteric Class, III year 71. Lectures of the General Esoteric Class, IV year 72. Liquidation of the Age. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1948. 73. The Lines of Nature. Sofia, 1929. 74. Love for God. Sofia, 1931. 75. Love for Knowledge. 1927. 76. Rays of Life. Sofia, 1937. 77. Little and Big Acquisitions. Sofia, 1936. 78. Self-training Methods. Sofia, Litopechat, 1941. 79. Universal Love and Cosmic Love. Sofia, Tsarska pridvorna pechatnitsa (Tsar Court Printing-office), 1919. 80. Thinking Man. 1940. 81. Many Said. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1933. 82. Fatigue and Directions. 1925. 83. God’s Kingdom Came. Ruse, Maldzhiev, 1925. 84. Science and Education. Varna, K. Nikolov, 1896. 85. Beginning of Wisdom. Sofia, 1946. 86. Our Place. Sofia, 1932. 87. The Unsolved. Sofia, 1933. 88. Neither man, Nor Woman. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1933. 89. The New Eve. Sofia, 1931. 90. The New Thought. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 91. The New Life. Sofia, T. Nikolov, 1922. 92. The New Candlestick. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1946. 93. The New Man. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 94. New Understanding. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 95. The New Beginning. Sofia,. 96. The New Humanity. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 97. Love of Knowledge. 1927. 98. Fulcrums of Life. Sofia, Litopechat, 1942. 99. Certain Movements. Sofia, 1938. 100. Open Forms. Sofia, Litopechat, 1943. 101. Going and Return. Sofia, 1932. 102. Relation of the Simple Truths to Man. 102. Songs by the Master. Sofia, 103. The Five Brothers. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 104. Made after God. Sofia, 1929. 105. Positive and Negative Powers in Nature. Ruse, Maldzhiev, 1922. 106. Direction of Growth. Sofia, 1939. 107. He Received Them. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 108. The Righteous. Sofia, 1930. 109. You Have Decided Rightly. 1930. 110. Awakening of Collective Consciousness. 111. Enlightened Consciousness. Sofia, 1940. 112. The Simple Truths. 1938. 113. Contradictions in Life. Sofia, 1934. 114. The First Steps. Sofia, Izgrev, 1929. 115. A Way to Life. Sofia, Litopechat, 1941. 116. The Path of the Disciple. Sofia, 1927. 117. The Work of Nature. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1948. 118. The Wise Life. Ruse, Maldzhiev, 1924. 119. Blossoming of the Human Soul. Ruse, P. Roglev, 1923. 120. Realities and Shadows. Sofia, 1941. 121. Light of the Mind. Sofia, Venera (Venus), 1930. 122. The Sacred Place. Sofia, Bratya Miladinovi, 1939. 123. The World of the Great Souls. Sofia, 1933. 124. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1979 - 1980. 125. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1980 - 1981. 126. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1981 - 1982. 127. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1982 - 1983. 128. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1985 - 1986. 129. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1987 - 1988. 130. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1989 - 1990. 131. Sacred Words of Life for Every Day, 1990 - 1991. 132. The Sacred Fire. Sofia, 1926. 133. The Sower. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1950. 134. Power and Life, I series, Sofia, Tsarska pridvorna pechatnitsa, 1915. 135. Power and Life, II series, Plovdiv, Hristo G. Danov, 1933. 136. Power and Life, III series, Ruse, Dimitar Petrov, 1929. 137. Power and Life, IV series, Sofia, Edison, 1922. 138. Power and Life, V series, Sofia, Saglasie, 1922. 139. Power and Life, VII series, Ruse, 1927. 140. Power and Life – Glory of God. Ruse, Dimitar Petrov, 1927. 141. The Powers of Nature. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 142. Sons of the Resurrection. Kazanlak, Gutenberg, 1934. 143. Service, Respect, and Love. Sofia, 1940. 144. Changes in Nature. Sofia, 1938. 145. The Old Passed. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 146. Articles and Talks. Boyan Boev, Sofia, 1960. 147. Levels of Consciousness. Sofia, 1939. 148. Waking Up. Sofia, 1944. 149. Proportionality in Nature. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 150. The Three Lives. Sofia, 1922. 151. The Three Foundations of Life. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 152. The Three Directions. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1948. 153. The Three Genealogies. Sofia, 1943. 154. He Creates. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 155. Conditions for the Rational Man. Sofia, Venera, 1930. 156. Conditions for Growth. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1949. 157. Stable Values. Sofia, Litopechat, 1943. 158. Studies and Work. Sofia, 1939. 159. Kind-hearted Master. Sofia, Bratya Miladinovi, 1934. 160. Factors in Nature. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1947. 161. Forms in Nature. Sofia, 1938. 162. The Royal Path of the Soul. Sofia, Zadruga, 1935. 163. The Word of True Merit. Sofia, Litopechat, 1941. 164. The Valuable Thing out of the Book of the Great Life. Sofia, 1932. 165. The Hour of Love, 1934. 166. The Four Circles. Sofia, 1934. 167. Clean and Bright. Plovdiv, 1926. 168. He Will Rule All Peoples. Sofia, The Grain of Wheat, 1948.